[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025241999A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus

Info

Publication number
WO2025241999A1
WO2025241999A1 PCT/CN2025/095417 CN2025095417W WO2025241999A1 WO 2025241999 A1 WO2025241999 A1 WO 2025241999A1 CN 2025095417 W CN2025095417 W CN 2025095417W WO 2025241999 A1 WO2025241999 A1 WO 2025241999A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
model
information
dataset
performance
monitoring
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2025/095417
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈家璇
田洋
孙琰
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025241999A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025241999A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and apparatus for communication.
  • AI artificial intelligence
  • the user equipment obtains downlink channel information based on a reference signal. This downlink channel information is then used as input to the UE-side encoder model to obtain the feedback quantity of the channel information. The UE feeds back the feedback quantity of the channel information to the base station, which then inputs the feedback quantity into its base station-side decoder model to recover the downlink channel information.
  • AI models in real-world applications may not be stable. For example, as environmental conditions change, AI models may no longer adapt to the current communication environment, making it difficult to achieve the expected communication functions or guarantee stable communication performance.
  • This application provides a communication method and communication device, which are intended to improve the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • a method of communication is provided, which can be performed by a communication device or a module (e.g., a chip or circuit) applied to the communication device, wherein the communication device can be a first device in the method embodiment.
  • a communication device or a module e.g., a chip or circuit
  • the first device can be a device on the terminal device side or a device on the network device side.
  • the terminal device side can include at least one of a terminal device or an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • the AI entity on the terminal device side can be the terminal device itself or an AI entity serving the terminal device, such as a server, such as an over-the-top (OTT) server or a cloud server.
  • the network device side can include at least one of a network device or an AI entity on the network device side.
  • the AI entity on the network device side can be the network device itself or an AI entity serving the network device, such as a radio access network (RAN) intelligent controller (RIC), operation administration and maintenance (OAM), or a server, such as an OTT server or a cloud server.
  • RAN radio access network
  • RIC radio access network intelligent controller
  • OAM operation administration and maintenance
  • the method includes: receiving first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of a first model, or relevant information of a first dataset, the first dataset being used for training the first model; and determining a monitoring method for the first model based on the first information.
  • the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the first model may be deployed partially or entirely in the first device.
  • the first device can monitor the first model according to the monitoring method of the first model.
  • the method may further include: receiving third information, the third information indicating model monitoring of the first model.
  • the first device can monitor the first model based on the third information.
  • the method further includes: sending a second message, the second message indicating the monitoring method of the first model.
  • the first model may be partially or entirely deployed on the second device.
  • the first device may send second information to the second device, and the second device may monitor the first model according to the monitoring method indicated by the second information.
  • the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, through an identifier indicating the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model includes the performance level (i.e., performance grade) of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or, the generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model may include the expected performance of the first model or the expected performance range of the first model.
  • the generalization information of the first model may include the expected generalization ability of the first model or the expected generalization range of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model can be used to reflect the expected performance of the first model. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on its performance information is equivalent to determining the monitoring method based on its expected performance, which helps to obtain a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the generalization information of the first model can be used to reflect its expected generalization ability. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on its generalization information is equivalent to determining the monitoring method based on its expected generalization ability, which helps to obtain a monitoring method that matches the generalization ability of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the first information also indicates the model category of the first model.
  • the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model.
  • the monitoring method of the first model is determined according to the model category of the first model.
  • the relationship between the model category and the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of the model is considered, so as to make the classification of expected performance and/or expected generalization ability more accurate and refined. This is conducive to selecting a monitoring method that matches the performance and/or generalization ability for models with different generalization, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the dataset can reflect the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of the model trained on the dataset. This is beneficial for matching the model's performance and/or generalization with the monitoring method, thereby facilitating effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, and improving the reliability and efficiency of monitoring.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset. This is beneficial for obtaining a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. This is beneficial for obtaining a monitoring method that matches the generalization ability of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset being related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset being related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model.
  • a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device or a module (e.g., a chip or circuit) applied to the communication device, wherein the communication device can be a second device in the method embodiment.
  • a communication device or a module e.g., a chip or circuit
  • the second device can be a device on the terminal device side or a device on the network device side.
  • the terminal device side can include at least one of a terminal device or an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • the AI entity on the terminal device side can be the terminal device itself or an AI entity serving the terminal device, such as a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server.
  • the network device side can include at least one of a network device or an AI entity on the network device side.
  • the AI entity on the network device side can be the network device itself or an AI entity serving the network device, such as a RIC, OAM, or a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server.
  • the method includes: sending first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of a first model, or, relevant information of a first dataset, the first dataset being used for training the first model, and the first information being used to determine the monitoring method of the first model; and receiving second information, the second information indicating the monitoring method of the first model.
  • the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, through an identifier indicating the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model includes the performance level of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or, the generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.
  • the first information also indicates the model category of the first model.
  • the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model.
  • a communication device or a module e.g., a chip or circuit applied to the communication device, which can be the second device in the method embodiment.
  • the second device can be a device on the terminal device side or a device on the network device side.
  • the terminal device side can include at least one of a terminal device or an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • the AI entity on the terminal device side can be the terminal device itself or an AI entity serving the terminal device, such as a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server.
  • the network device side can include at least one of a network device or an AI entity on the network device side.
  • the AI entity on the network device side can be the network device itself or an AI entity serving the network device, such as a RIC, OAM, or a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server.
  • the method includes: sending first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of a first model, or, relevant information of a first dataset, the first dataset being used for training the first model, and the first information being used to determine the monitoring method of the first model.
  • the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the method further includes: sending third information, which instructs the first model to be monitored.
  • the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, through an identifier indicating the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model includes the performance level of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or, the generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.
  • the first information also indicates the model category of the first model.
  • the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model.
  • a communication device can be a terminal device, or a device, module, circuit, or chip configured within a terminal device, or a device compatible with a terminal device.
  • the communication device may include modules corresponding to the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect. These modules can be hardware circuits, software, or a combination of hardware circuits and software.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending action in the method described in the first aspect above
  • the processing module is used to perform the processing action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • a communication device can be a network device, or a device, module, circuit, or chip configured within a network device, or a device compatible with a network device.
  • the communication device may include modules corresponding to each of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect. These modules can be hardware circuits, software, or a combination of hardware circuits and software.
  • the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.
  • the receiving module is used to perform the receiving action in the method described in the second aspect above
  • the processing module is used to perform the processing action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above
  • the sending module is used to perform the sending action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device including one or more processors coupled to one or more storage media, the one or more storage media storing instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause a method as in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, cause a method as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or cause a method as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.
  • a seventh aspect provides a communication apparatus comprising one or more processors, the one or more processors being configured to process data and/or information such that a method as in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is implemented, a method as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof is implemented, or a method as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof is implemented.
  • the communication device may further include a communication interface for receiving data and/or information and transmitting the received data and/or information to the processor.
  • the communication interface may also be used to output data and/or information processed by the processor.
  • a chip including a processor, the processor being configured to execute a program or instructions to cause the method as described in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, to cause the method as described in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or to cause the method as described in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.
  • the chip may further include a memory for storing programs or instructions.
  • the chip may further include the transceiver.
  • the chip is an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a system-on-chip (SoC).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system-on-chip
  • a ninth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause a method as described in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, a method as described in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or a method as described in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.
  • a computer program product comprising computer program code or instructions that, when the computer program code or instructions are executed, cause the method as in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, cause the method as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or cause the method as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.
  • a communication system comprising one or more of the following means: a communication device for performing the method of the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof, a communication device for performing the method of the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof, and a communication device for performing the method of the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the communication system may include the communication device provided by the fourth aspect, and/or, the communication device provided by the fifth aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an application framework applicable to a communication system according to an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: 5th generation (5G) or new radio (NR) systems, long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD) systems, wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, satellite communication systems, future communication systems such as future communication network mobile communication systems, or integrated systems of multiple systems.
  • 5G 5th generation
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE LTE frequency division duplex
  • TDD LTE time division duplex
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • satellite communication systems satellite communication systems
  • future communication systems such as future communication network mobile communication systems, or integrated systems of multiple systems.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • MTC machine-type communication
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • a device can send signals to or receive signals from another device. These signals can include information, signaling, or data.
  • the device can also be replaced by an entity, network entity, network element, communication equipment, communication module, node, communication node, etc.
  • This disclosure uses a device as an example.
  • a communication system can include at least one terminal device and at least one network device.
  • the network device can send downlink signals to the terminal device, the terminal device can send uplink signals to the network device, the network device can send signals to another network device, and the terminal device can send sidelink signals to another terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • Terminal devices can be devices that provide voice/data, such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, etc.
  • terminals include: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, and wireless terminals in smart cities.
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the scope to wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMNs).
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDAs personal digital assistants
  • handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities computing devices or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem
  • wearable devices terminal devices in 5G networks
  • PLMNs public land mobile networks
  • the terminal device can also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices also known as wearable smart devices, are a general term for devices that utilize wearable technology to intelligently design and develop everyday wearables, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • Wearable devices are portable devices that are worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories.
  • Wearable devices are not merely hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include those that are feature-rich, large in size, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on a smartphone, such as smartwatches or smart glasses, as well as those that focus on a specific type of application function and require the use of other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.
  • the device for implementing the functions of the terminal device can be the terminal device itself, or it can be any device capable of supporting the terminal device in implementing those functions, such as a chip system.
  • This device can be installed in or used in conjunction with the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips or may include chips and other discrete components.
  • This embodiment only uses the terminal device as an example to illustrate the device for implementing the functions of the terminal device, and does not constitute a limitation on the solution of this embodiment.
  • the network device in this application embodiment may include a device for communicating with a terminal device.
  • the network device may include an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as a base station.
  • the wireless access network device in this application embodiment may refer to a RAN node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network.
  • a base station can broadly encompass various names such as, or be replaced by, the following: NodeB, evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmitting and receiving point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), master station, auxiliary station, motor slide retainer (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), remote radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), radio unit (RU), positioning node, etc.
  • a base station can be a macro base station, micro base station, relay node, donor node, or a combination thereof.
  • a base station can also refer to a communication module, modem, or chip installed within the aforementioned equipment or apparatus.
  • a base station can also be a mobile switching center and equipment performing base station functions in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, network-side equipment in future communication networks, or equipment performing base station functions in future communication systems.
  • a base station can support networks using the same or different access technologies.
  • a RAN node can also be a server, wearable device, vehicle, or in-vehicle equipment.
  • access network equipment in V2X technology can be a roadside unit (RSU).
  • RSU roadside unit
  • Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
  • a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move depending on the location of the mobile base station.
  • a helicopter or drone can be configured as a device to communicate with another base station.
  • the network devices mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be devices including CU, DU, or CU and DU, or devices with control plane CU nodes (central unit-control plane (CU-CP)) and user plane CU nodes (central unit-user plane (CU-UP)) and DU nodes.
  • the network devices may include gNB-CU-CP, gNB-CU-UP, and gNB-DU.
  • RAN nodes collaborate to assist terminals in achieving wireless access, with different RAN nodes each implementing some of the base station's functions.
  • RAN nodes can be CUs, DUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, or RUs.
  • CUs and DUs can be configured separately or included in the same network element, such as a BBU.
  • RUs can be included in radio frequency equipment or radio frequency units, such as RRUs, AAUs, or RRHs.
  • RAN nodes can support one or more types of fronthaul interfaces, and different fronthaul interfaces correspond to DU and RU with different functions.
  • the DU is configured to implement one or more baseband functions
  • the RU is configured to implement one or more radio frequency functions.
  • some baseband functions for downlink and/or uplink such as, for downlink, precoding, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more of inverse fast fourier transform (IFFT)/cyclic prefix addition (CP), are moved from DU to RU; and for uplink, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more of fast fourier transform (FFT)/cyclic prefix removal (CP) are moved from DU to RU.
  • IFFT inverse fast fourier transform
  • CP cyclic prefix removal
  • the interface can be an enhanced common public radio interface (eCPRI).
  • eCPRI enhanced common public radio interface
  • the segmentation between DU and RU differs, corresponding to different categories (Cat) of eCPRI, such as eCPRI Cat A, B, C, D, E, and F.
  • Cat categories of eCPRI
  • the DU is configured to implement one or more functions before and after the layer mapping (i.e., coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, layer mapping).
  • Other functions after the layer mapping e.g., resource element (RE) mapping, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more of inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)/adding a cyclic prefix (CP)
  • the de-RE mapping is used as the dividing line.
  • the DU is configured to implement one or more functions preceding de-mapping (i.e., decoding, rate matching de-matching, descrambling, demodulation, inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), channel equalization, and one or more functions in de-RE mapping).
  • Other functions following de-mapping e.g., one or more functions in digital BF or fast Fourier transform (FFT)/de-CP
  • FFT fast Fourier transform
  • the processing unit in the BBU used to implement baseband functions is called the baseband high (BBH) unit
  • the processing unit in the RRU/AAU/RRH used to implement baseband functions is called the baseband low (BBL) unit.
  • CU or CU-CP and CU-UP
  • DU or RU
  • RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art will understand their meaning.
  • ORAN open RAN
  • CU can also be called O-CU (open CU)
  • DU can also be called O-DU
  • CU-CP can also be called O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP can also be called O-CU-UP
  • RU can also be called O-RU.
  • Any of the units among CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU, and RU in this application can be implemented through software modules, hardware modules, or a combination of software modules and hardware modules.
  • the apparatus for implementing the functions of a network device can be a network device itself; it can also be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device in implementing those functions, such as a chip system, hardware circuit, software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module.
  • This apparatus can be installed in the network device or used in conjunction with the network device.
  • the example of a network device being used to implement the functions of a network device is provided only and does not constitute a limitation on the solutions described in this embodiment.
  • Network devices and/or terminal devices can be deployed on land, including indoors, outdoors, handheld, and/or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water (such as ships); and they can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and/or satellites).
  • the embodiments of this application do not limit the scenarios in which the network devices and terminal devices are located.
  • terminal devices and network devices can be hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, software functions running on general-purpose hardware, such as virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform), or entities that include dedicated or general-purpose hardware devices and software functions.
  • a platform e.g., a cloud platform
  • This application does not limit the specific form of terminal devices and network devices.
  • wireless communication networks such as mobile communication networks
  • the services supported by the networks are becoming increasingly diverse, thus requiring increasingly diverse demands.
  • networks need to support ultra-high speeds, ultra-low latency, and/or massive connectivity.
  • This characteristic makes network planning, network configuration, and/or resource scheduling increasingly complex.
  • network functions become more powerful, such as supporting higher spectrum levels, supporting higher-order multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technologies, supporting beamforming, and/or supporting beam management
  • MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
  • AI nodes also known as AI entities
  • AI entities may be introduced into the network.
  • the AI entity can be deployed in one or more of the following locations within the communication system: access network devices, terminal devices, or core network devices, or the AI entity can be deployed independently, for example, in a location other than any of the aforementioned devices, such as the host or cloud server of an OTT system.
  • the AI entity can communicate with other devices in the communication system, which can be one or more of the following: network devices, terminal devices, or network elements of the core network.
  • the AI entity can include an AI entity on the network device side, an AI entity on the terminal device side, or an AI entity on the core network side.
  • this application does not limit the number of AI entities. For example, when there are multiple AI entities, they can be divided based on function, such as different AI entities being responsible for different functions.
  • AI entities can be independent devices, or they can be integrated into the same device to achieve different functions. Alternatively, they can be network components in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform). This application does not limit the specific form of the aforementioned AI entities.
  • AI entities can be AI network elements or AI modules. AI entities are used to implement corresponding AI functions. AI modules deployed in different network elements can be the same or different. Depending on the different parameter configurations, the AI model within an AI entity can achieve different functions.
  • the AI model within an AI entity can be configured based on one or more of the following parameters: structural parameters (e.g., at least one of the following: number of neural network layers, neural network width, inter-layer connections, neuron weights, neuron activation function, or biases in the activation function), input parameters (e.g., the type and/or dimension of the input parameters), or output parameters (e.g., the type and/or dimension of the output parameters).
  • the biases in the activation function can also be referred to as the biases of the neural network.
  • An AI entity can have one or more models.
  • a model can infer an output that includes one or more parameters.
  • the learning, training, or inference processes of different models can be deployed on different entities or devices, or they can be deployed on the same entity or device.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the communication method of this application embodiment.
  • the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as network device 110 shown in Figure 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 shown in Figure 1.
  • Network device 110 and terminal devices can communicate via a wireless link.
  • the communication devices in this communication system for example, network device 110 and terminal device 120, can communicate via multi-antenna technology.
  • FIG 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to the communication method of this application embodiment.
  • the communication system 200 shown in Figure 2 further includes an AI network element 140.
  • the AI network element 140 is used to perform AI-related operations, such as building training datasets or training AI models.
  • network device 110 can send data related to the training of the AI model to AI network element 140, which then constructs a training dataset and trains the AI model.
  • the data related to the training of the AI model may include data reported by the terminal device.
  • AI network element 140 can send the results of operations related to the AI model to network device 110, which then forwards them to the terminal device.
  • the results of operations related to the AI model may include at least one of the following: a trained AI model, model evaluation results, or test results.
  • a portion of the trained AI model may be deployed on network device 110, and another portion on the terminal device.
  • the trained AI model may be deployed on network device 110.
  • the trained AI model may be deployed on the terminal device.
  • Figure 2 is only used as an example of the AI network element 140 being directly connected to the network device 110.
  • the AI network element 140 can also be connected to a terminal device.
  • the AI network element 140 can be connected to both the network device 110 and a terminal device simultaneously.
  • the AI network element 140 can also be connected to the network device 110 through a third-party network element. This application embodiment does not limit the connection relationship between the AI network element and other network elements.
  • the AI network element 140 can also be configured as a module in network devices and/or terminal devices, for example, in network device 110 or terminal device as shown in Figure 1.
  • One or more AI modules can be deployed in network device 110.
  • One or more AI modules can be deployed in terminal device.
  • Figures 1 and 2 are simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding.
  • the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figures 1 and 2.
  • the communication system may include multiple network devices or multiple terminal devices. The embodiments of this application do not limit the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework of a communication system according to an embodiment of this application.
  • network elements in the communication system are connected through interfaces (e.g., NG, Xn) or air interfaces.
  • These network element nodes such as core network equipment, access network nodes (RAN nodes), terminal equipment, or one or more devices in operation administration and maintenance (OAM), are equipped with one or more AI modules (only one is shown in Figure 3 for clarity).
  • the access network node can be a single RAN node or can include multiple RAN nodes, for example, including CU and DU.
  • CU and/or DU can also be equipped with one or more AI modules.
  • CU can also be split into CU-CP and CU-UP.
  • One or more AI models are provided in CU-CP and/or CU-UP.
  • CU and DU are connected through an F1 interface.
  • CU and CU are connected through an Xn interface.
  • the network device can be a network device equipped with one or more AI modules.
  • the network device can be one or more devices in the core network, access network (RAN) node, or OAM as shown in Figure 3.
  • the AI module can be the RIC shown in Figure 4, such as a near real-time RIC or a non-real-time RIC.
  • the near real-time RIC is set in the RAN node (e.g., in CU, DU), while the non-real-time RIC is set in the OAM, cloud server, core network device, or other network device.
  • the RIC can obtain subsets from multiple terminal devices from the RAN node (e.g., CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU, and/or RU), reassemble them into a training dataset #2, and train based on the training dataset #2.
  • the near real-time RIC and the non-real-time RIC can also be set up separately as a network element; the network device can be a near real-time RIC or a non-real-time RIC.
  • Figure 4 illustrates a possible application framework in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes a RAN intelligent controller (RIC).
  • the RIC can be the AI module shown in Figure 3, used to implement AI-related functions.
  • RICs include near-real-time RICs (near-RT RICs) and non-real-time RICs (non-RT RICs).
  • Non-real-time RICs primarily process non-real-time information, such as data that is not sensitive to latency, with latency in the order of seconds.
  • Real-time RICs primarily process near-real-time information, such as data that is relatively sensitive to latency, with latency in the order of tens of milliseconds.
  • NRT RICs are used for model training and inference. For example, they are used to train AI models and then use those models for inference.
  • NRT RICs can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from RAN nodes (e.g., CUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, DUs, and/or RUs) and/or terminals. This information can be used as training data or inference data.
  • the NRT RIC can deliver inference results to RAN nodes and/or terminals.
  • inference results can be exchanged between CUs and DUs, and/or between DUs and RUs.
  • the NRT RIC delivers inference results to a DU, which then forwards them to an RU.
  • Non-real-time RICs are also used for model training and inference. For example, they can be used to train AI models and then use those models for inference.
  • Non-real-time RICs can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from RAN nodes (e.g., CUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, DUs, and/or RUs) and/or terminals. This information can be used as training data or inference data, and the inference results can be delivered to RAN nodes and/or terminals.
  • RAN nodes e.g., CUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, DUs, and/or RUs
  • This information can be used as training data or inference data, and the inference results can be delivered to RAN nodes and/or terminals.
  • inference results can be exchanged between CUs and DUs, and/or between DUs and RUs; for example, a non-real-time RIC delivers inference results
  • Near real-time RICs and non-real-time RICs can also be configured as separate network elements.
  • near real-time RICs and non-real-time RICs can also be part of other devices.
  • near real-time RICs can be set in RAN nodes (e.g., CU, DU), while non-real-time RICs can be set in OAM, cloud servers, core network devices, or other network devices.
  • Neural networks are a specific implementation of AI or machine learning (ML). According to the general approximation theorem, neural networks can theoretically approximate any continuous function, thus enabling them to learn arbitrary mappings.
  • the AI model disclosed herein can be a deep neural network (DNN).
  • DNN deep neural network
  • Traditional communication systems require extensive expert knowledge to design communication modules, while deep learning communication systems based on deep neural networks (DNN) can automatically discover hidden pattern structures from large datasets, establish mapping relationships between data, and achieve performance superior to traditional modeling methods.
  • a neural network can be composed of neurons, each of which performs a weighted summation of its input values, and the result is then passed through a non-linear function to produce the output.
  • DNNs typically have a multi-layered structure, with each layer containing multiple neurons. The input layer processes the received values through neurons and then passes them to the hidden layers. Similarly, the hidden layers then pass the calculation results to the final output layer, producing the final output of the DNN.
  • DNNs typically have more than one hidden layer, and these hidden layers often directly affect the ability to extract information and fit functions. Increasing the number of hidden layers or widening the width of each layer can improve the function fitting ability of a DNN.
  • the weights in each neuron are the parameters of the DNN network model.
  • the model parameters are optimized through the training process, enabling the DNN network to extract data features and express mapping relationships.
  • DNNs generally use supervised or unsupervised learning strategies to optimize model parameters.
  • DNNs can include feedforward neural networks (FNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), and recurrent neural networks (RNNs), etc.
  • FNNs feedforward neural networks
  • CNNs convolutional neural networks
  • RNNs recurrent neural networks
  • CNNs are neural networks specifically designed to process data with a grid-like structure. For example, time-series data (discrete sampling along the time axis) and image data (two-dimensional discrete sampling) can both be considered grid-like data.
  • CNNs do not use all the input information at once for computation; instead, they use a fixed-size window to extract a portion of the information for convolution operations, which significantly reduces the computational cost of model parameters.
  • each window can use different convolution kernels, allowing CNNs to better extract features from the input data.
  • RNNs are a type of distributed neural network (DNN) that utilizes feedback time-series information. Their input includes the current input value and their own output value from the previous time step. RNNs are well-suited for acquiring temporally correlated sequence features, and are particularly applicable to applications such as speech recognition and channel coding/decoding.
  • FNN networks The characteristic of FNN networks is that neurons in adjacent layers are completely connected to each other, which makes FNNs typically require a large amount of storage space and result in high computational complexity.
  • the FNN, CNN, and RNN mentioned above are all constructed based on neurons.
  • each neuron performs a weighted summation operation on its input values, and the result of the weighted summation is used to generate the output through a nonlinear function.
  • the weights of the weighted summation operation of neurons in a neural network and the nonlinear function are called the parameters of the neural network.
  • the parameters of all neurons in a neural network constitute the parameters of that neural network.
  • a two-sided model also known as a bilateral model, collaborative model, or dual model, refers to a model composed of multiple sub-models. These sub-models need to be mutually compatible and can be deployed on different nodes.
  • the encoder and decoder are used in pairs, which can be understood as complementary AI models.
  • An encoder may include one or more AI models, and the decoder matched with the encoder also includes one or more AI models. The number of AI models included in the encoder and decoder used in the matching process is the same and corresponds one-to-one.
  • the encoder may also include a quantization module, which can be used to quantize the output of the AI model in the encoder.
  • the decoder may include an inverse quantization module, which can be used to inverse quantize the feedback information of the received channel information to obtain the input of the AI model in the decoder. Inverse quantization processing can also be called dequantization processing.
  • a set of matched encoders and decoders can be two parts of the same autoencoder (AE).
  • An AE model where the encoder and decoder are deployed on different nodes is a typical bilateral model. In other AE models, the encoder and decoder are usually co-trained and used in combination.
  • An autoencoder is an unsupervised learning neural network that uses input data as labeled data; therefore, it can also be understood as a self-supervised learning neural network.
  • Autoencoders can be used for data compression and reconstruction. For example, the encoder in an autoencoder can compress (encode) data A to obtain data B; the decoder in the autoencoder can decompress (decode) data B to recover data A.
  • the decoder can be understood as the inverse operation of the encoder.
  • the AI model in this application embodiment may include an encoder deployed on the terminal device side and a decoder deployed on the network device side, or an encoder deployed on the terminal device side and a decoder deployed on another terminal device side, or an encoder deployed on the network device side and a decoder deployed on another network device side.
  • the UE obtains downlink channel information based on the reference signal, uses the downlink channel information as input to the UE-side encoder model, and obtains the feedback quantity of the channel information.
  • the UE feeds back the feedback quantity of the channel information to the base station, and the base station inputs the feedback quantity into the base station-side decoder model to recover the downlink channel information.
  • One method to enable the model to perform the expected communication functions is to determine the training dataset for the model and train it to match the expected functions with the actual functions performed.
  • the performance of AI models in real-world applications may be unstable. For example, changes in the environment in which an AI model is used can affect its performance. During the use of an AI model, it can be monitored, and the model adjusted based on the monitoring results to ensure network performance. However, different models exhibit variations in performance or generalization metrics, and the monitoring process may be mismatched with the model's performance, leading to ineffective monitoring results.
  • this application provides a communication method and communication device that uses appropriate monitoring parameters for different models to perform model monitoring, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring. For example, for models with different performance and/or different generalization abilities, monitoring parameters that match their performance and/or generalization ability can be used for model monitoring, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the indication includes direct indication (also known as explicit indication) and implicit indication.
  • Direct indication information A refers to information A being included; implicit indication information A refers to information A being indicated through the correspondence between information A and information B, and through direct indication information B.
  • the correspondence between information A and information B can be predefined, pre-stored, pre-burned, or pre-configured.
  • information C is used to determine information D, including both situations where information D is determined solely based on information C and situations where it is determined based on information C and other information. Furthermore, information C can also be used to determine information D indirectly, for example, where information D is determined based on information E, and information E is determined based on information C.
  • network element A sends information A to network element B can be understood as network element B being the destination of information A or an intermediate network element in the transmission path between the destination and network element B, which may include sending information directly or indirectly to network element B.
  • Network element B receives information A from network element A can be understood as network element A being the source of information A or an intermediate network element in the transmission path between the source and network element A, which may include receiving information directly or indirectly from network element A.
  • Information may undergo necessary processing between the source and destination, such as format changes, but the destination can understand the valid information from the source. Similar expressions in this application can be understood in a similar way and will not be elaborated further here.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in this application.
  • method 500 may include the following steps.
  • the first device acquires one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset.
  • the first device determines the first monitoring method based on one or more of the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, or the relevant information of the first dataset.
  • the first dataset is used to train the first model.
  • the first monitoring method can be used for monitoring the first model.
  • the first monitoring method is the monitoring method for the first model.
  • the model monitoring of the first model can also be replaced with the performance monitoring of the first model.
  • the first model can be either an AI model or a non-AI model.
  • the first model can be a one-sided model, a two-sided model, or a sub-model within a two-sided model.
  • the first model can be a two-sided model, including a first sub-model and a second sub-model.
  • monitoring the first model can include monitoring the first sub-model and/or the second sub-model.
  • monitoring the first model by the first device can include monitoring the first sub-model, or monitoring both the first and second devices together.
  • Monitoring the first model by the second device can include monitoring the second sub-model, or monitoring both the first and second devices together.
  • the embodiments of this application mainly use AI models as examples for illustration, and do not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of this application.
  • the first device can also acquire the category of the first model.
  • the first device can also determine the first monitoring method based on the category of the first model.
  • the category of a model can also be called the type of a model.
  • method 500 may also include step 530.
  • the first device sends second information to the second device.
  • the second information is used to indicate the first monitoring method.
  • method 500 may also include step 540.
  • the second device sends a third message to the first device.
  • the third message is used to instruct the first model to be monitored.
  • device A sends information to device B, either directly or via a forwarding mechanism from another device.
  • device A receives information from device B, either directly or via a forwarding mechanism from another device.
  • the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the second device can be an AI entity.
  • Part or all of the first model can be deployed on the second device.
  • the first model can be a one-sided model, which can be deployed on the second device.
  • the first model can be a two-sided model, including a first sub-model and a second sub-model, with the first and second sub-models deployed on the second and first devices respectively.
  • the first sub-model can be an encoder or decoder
  • the second sub-model can be a decoder or encoder.
  • method 500 may include step 530.
  • the first device may notify the second device, which can then perform model monitoring on the first model according to the monitoring method indicated by the first device.
  • the second device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • Devices on the terminal device side include the terminal device itself, or other devices that communicate with the terminal device, such as devices controlled by or serving the terminal device.
  • the AI entity can be the terminal device itself, or an AI entity that communicates with the terminal device.
  • the second device can be a server, such as an OTT server or a cloud server.
  • the first device can be any device on the terminal device side other than the second device.
  • the first device can be a server, and the second device can be a terminal device.
  • the first device can be a network device-side device.
  • Network device-side devices include network devices themselves, or other devices that communicate with the network device, such as devices controlled by or serving the network device.
  • the first device can be an AI entity on the network device side. This AI entity can be the network device itself, or an AI entity that communicates with the network device.
  • the first device can be a RIC, OAM, or a server, such as an OTT server or a cloud server. Near real-time RICs are set up in RAN nodes, such as in CU/DU.
  • the second device can be an AI entity on the network device side.
  • the first device can be a device on the terminal device side.
  • the first device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • the first device can be an AI entity, and the first model can be entirely deployed on the first device.
  • the first model can be a one-sided model, which can be deployed on the first device.
  • method 500 may not include step 530.
  • the first device After determining the monitoring method for the first model, the first device can perform model monitoring on the first model according to the monitoring method.
  • the first device can autonomously initiate model monitoring.
  • method 500 may include step 540, in which the first device initiates model monitoring based on third information sent by the second device.
  • the first device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • the first device can be an AI entity on the network device side.
  • the monitoring method of the model can be represented by the monitoring parameters under that monitoring method. Accordingly, the monitoring method in the embodiments of this application can also be replaced by monitoring parameters.
  • Monitoring parameters can include at least one of the following types: performance metric, performance threshold, monitoring frequency, monitoring cycle, monitoring duration, number of monitoring cycles, monitoring error tolerance, or switching threshold.
  • performance threshold is a threshold for the performance metric.
  • the second information can be used to indicate the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method, i.e., the monitoring parameter of the first model.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: a first performance threshold, a first monitoring frequency, a first monitoring period, a first monitoring duration, a first monitoring duration count, a first monitoring error tolerance, or a first switching threshold.
  • Performance thresholds are used for model performance monitoring, such as determining whether a model has failed or whether its performance meets the required standards. For example, when model performance fails to meet the standards, any of the following actions can be triggered: model switching, model fine-tuning, or accumulating the number of failures.
  • the performance of a model can be reflected by one or more performance metrics.
  • the model's performance can be reflected by one performance metric, such as the squared generalized cosine similarity (SGCS).
  • the model's performance can be reflected by two performance metrics, including SGCS and the normalized mean square error (NMSE).
  • the model's performance threshold can include the performance thresholds corresponding to these one or more performance metrics. That is, a model can have one or more performance thresholds.
  • this application embodiment only uses one performance metric as an example and does not constitute a limitation on the scheme of this application embodiment. Performance metrics can also be replaced by performance parameters.
  • the larger the value of the performance metric the better the model's performance.
  • the model's performance metric value is less than or equal to the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed.
  • the model's performance metric value is less than the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed.
  • the smaller the value of the performance metric the better the model's performance.
  • the model's performance metric value is greater than or equal to the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed.
  • the model's performance metric value is greater than the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed.
  • this application embodiment only uses the example of a larger performance metric value indicating better model performance for illustration, and does not constitute a limitation on the solution of this application embodiment.
  • the network device sends a reference signal for monitoring
  • the terminal device determines the channel information based on the reference signal, inputs the channel information into the encoder, and calculates a performance index value based on the encoder's output and the channel information input to the encoder. This process can be considered as monitoring the encoder.
  • Monitoring frequency indicates how frequently the model is monitored.
  • Monitoring period indicates the period during which the model is monitored.
  • a monitoring period of T means that model monitoring is performed at time intervals of T. That is, after every time interval T, model performance monitoring begins, for example, to determine whether the model has failed. T is a positive number.
  • Monitoring duration refers to the number of times the model is repeatedly monitored, or in other words, the number of times the performance metric value is calculated.
  • Monitoring duration refers to the length of time the model is continuously monitored. Within this duration, the model may be monitored once, or it may be monitored repeatedly multiple times.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • Monitoring error tolerance refers to the number of times a model's performance falls below a performance threshold out of N performance metrics that is allowed. In other words, it's the number of times the model's performance fails to meet standards across N monitoring sessions, or the percentage of such instances. For example, if the number of values below the performance threshold among the N performance metrics falls within the monitoring error tolerance range, the model does not need to be processed. For instance, if the monitoring error tolerance is 3 and N is 10, it means that 3 out of 10 performance metrics are allowed to fall below the performance threshold. If the number of values below the performance threshold among the 10 performance metrics is less than or equal to 3, then the model is not processed.
  • the switching threshold refers to the threshold that determines the switching of models.
  • This threshold can be a performance-related threshold.
  • model switching is performed when the statistical values of multiple performance metrics do not meet the threshold.
  • the statistical values can be at least one of the average, maximum, or minimum values.
  • This threshold can also be a threshold related to the number of monitoring sessions.
  • n is the switch threshold.
  • n is a positive integer.
  • these multiple factors can be used to determine different monitoring parameters among the multiple monitoring parameters, or the multiple factors can be used to jointly determine the multiple monitoring parameters.
  • the performance information of the first model can be used to determine the first performance threshold
  • the generalization information of the first model can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first monitoring duration, and the first switching threshold.
  • relevant information from the first dataset can be used to determine the first performance threshold
  • generalization information from the first model can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first number of monitoring sessions, and the first switching threshold.
  • the performance information of the first model can be used to determine the first performance threshold
  • the relevant information of the first dataset can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first number of monitoring sessions, and the first switching threshold.
  • the performance information and category of the first model can be used to determine the first performance threshold
  • the generalization information and category of the first model can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first monitoring duration, and the first switching threshold.
  • the model monitoring method is related to the model's expected performance; that is, the model monitoring method can be determined based on the model's expected performance.
  • the expected performance of a model is the performance that the model is expected to achieve when it is working normally.
  • the model's performance information can be used to reflect the model's expected performance.
  • the model's performance information can also be understood as the model's expected performance information. Determining the model's monitoring method based on its performance information is equivalent to determining the model's monitoring method based on its expected performance.
  • the expected performance of a model is related to the dataset used to train it.
  • the expected performance of a model is determined by the dataset used to train it.
  • the model is a CSI compression model
  • the dataset is used to train the CSI compression model.
  • This dataset can include the channel input, the corresponding CSI compression information of the channel input, and the reconstructed channel information corresponding to the channel input.
  • the compression performance of the CSI compression model is limited by the channel input in the dataset and the corresponding CSI compression information. For example, the larger the number of training samples in the dataset, the better the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset is likely to be.
  • datasets can also be used to reflect the expected performance of models trained on those datasets. Determining the model monitoring method based on relevant information from the dataset is equivalent to determining the model monitoring method based on its expected performance.
  • the expected performance of a model can be used to determine the model's performance threshold.
  • the expected performance of a model and its performance threshold can be positively correlated. That is, the better the expected performance of a model, the higher its performance threshold; conversely, the worse the expected performance of a model, the lower its performance threshold. For instance, if model A has a performance threshold of threshold A and model B has a performance threshold of threshold B, and model A's expected performance is higher than model B's, then threshold A is greater than threshold B. Since model A has a better expected performance, in actual use, model A needs to meet a higher performance threshold (threshold A) to be considered to be operating normally, while model B only needs to meet a lower performance threshold (threshold B) to be considered to be operating normally.
  • the performance threshold of the model is related to the expected performance of the model. This helps to ensure that the performance threshold of the model matches the performance of the model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the model monitoring method is related to the model's expected generalization ability; that is, the model monitoring method can be determined based on the model's expected generalization ability.
  • the expected generalization ability of a model is the generalization that the model is expected to achieve when it is working normally.
  • the model's generalization information can be used to reflect the model's expected generalization ability.
  • the model's generalization information can also be understood as the model's expected generalization ability information. Determining the model's monitoring method based on its generalization information is equivalent to determining the model's monitoring method based on its expected generalization ability.
  • a model's expected generalization ability is related to the dataset used to train it.
  • a model's expected generalization ability is determined by the dataset used to train it.
  • the generalization ability of a CSI-compressed model is limited by the channel inputs in the dataset and the corresponding CSI compression information. For instance, the more diverse the training samples in the dataset, the better the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset is likely to be.
  • datasets can also be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of models trained on those datasets. Determining the model monitoring method based on relevant information from the dataset is equivalent to determining the model monitoring method based on its expected generalization ability.
  • the model’s expected generalization ability can be used to determine at least one of the following: monitoring frequency, monitoring cycle, monitoring duration, number of monitoring cycles, monitoring error tolerance, or switching threshold.
  • the expected generalization ability of a model and the monitoring frequency of the model can be negatively correlated. That is, the higher the expected generalization ability of a model, the lower the monitoring frequency can be, and the lower the expected generalization ability of a model, the higher the monitoring frequency can be.
  • the monitoring frequency of the model is related to the expected generalization ability of the model. This helps to ensure that the monitoring frequency matches the generalization ability of the model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring. For example, for models with high expected generalization ability, their adaptability may be stronger, and they may be able to perform well in different environments. A lower monitoring frequency can be used to monitor such models, which helps to improve the efficiency of model monitoring. Conversely, for models with low expected generalization ability, their adaptability may be weaker, and their performance may vary greatly when the environment changes. A higher monitoring frequency can be used to monitor such models, which helps to ensure the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the expected generalization ability of a model and the number of monitoring sessions can be negatively correlated. That is, the higher the expected generalization ability of a model, the fewer monitoring sessions are needed to monitor the model, and the lower the expected generalization ability of a model, the more monitoring sessions are needed to monitor the model.
  • the model monitoring method is related to the model's expected performance and/or the model's expected generalization ability. This is beneficial for providing suitable monitoring methods for models with different performance and/or different generalization abilities, so that the model monitoring method matches the model's performance and/or generalization ability, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the performance information of a model can be represented in various forms.
  • the performance information of the first model may include the expected performance of the first model or the expected performance range of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model may include the performance level of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model.
  • the performance level of the first model is the level corresponding to the expected performance of the first model.
  • the expected performance of a model can be divided into multiple performance levels, which can be used to reflect the model's expected performance. Different performance levels correspond to different expected performances. For example, performance levels can be represented by numerical values. The lower the performance level, the better the expected performance. Alternatively, the higher the performance level, the better the expected performance. For ease of description, the embodiments in this application are only used as examples.
  • the performance level can also be replaced with the performance grade or performance level, etc.
  • the generalization information of a model can be represented in various forms.
  • the generalization information of the first model may include the expected generalization ability of the first model or the range of its expected generalization ability.
  • the expected generalization ability of the model may be the number of scenarios the model is expected to be applicable to.
  • the range of the model's expected generalization ability may be the range of the number of scenarios the model is expected to be applicable to.
  • the range of the model's expected generalization ability may include the scenarios the model is expected to be applicable to.
  • the generalization information of the first model may include the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.
  • the generalization level of the first model is the level corresponding to the expected generalization ability of the first model.
  • the expected generalization ability of a model can be divided into multiple generalization levels, which can be used to reflect the model's expected generalization ability. Different generalization levels correspond to different expected generalization abilities. For example, generalization levels can be represented numerically. The lower the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. Alternatively, the higher the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. For ease of description, this application's embodiments are only used as examples.
  • the generalization level can also be replaced with generalization grade or generalization level, etc.
  • the relevant information in the first dataset can be represented in various forms.
  • relevant information about the first dataset can be used to indicate the first dataset.
  • the relevant information for the first dataset may include the identifier (ID) of the first dataset.
  • ID identifier
  • the identifier of the first dataset may also be replaced with the index of the first dataset.
  • the relevant information for a dataset can include other content, as long as it distinguishes different datasets.
  • the relevant information for the first dataset can include any one or more of the following: the number of training samples in the first dataset, the data format of the training samples in the first dataset, or the identifier of the provider of the first dataset, etc.
  • the relevant information for the first dataset may include the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to a dataset can be understood as the performance information of the model trained on that dataset, and can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset. For example, if the first dataset is used to train the first model, then the performance information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the first model.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset may include the expected performance or expected performance range corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the expected performance or expected performance range of a dataset can be understood as the expected performance or expected performance range of the model trained on that dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset may include the performance level corresponding to the first dataset, which is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the performance level corresponding to the first dataset is the same as the expected performance level of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the expected performance of a model can be divided into multiple performance levels.
  • the performance level corresponding to a dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset.
  • Different performance levels correspond to different expected performances.
  • performance levels can be represented numerically. The lower the performance level, the better the expected performance. Alternatively, the higher the performance level, the better the expected performance. For ease of description, this application's embodiment is only used as an example for illustration.
  • the relevant information of the first dataset may include generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the generalization information corresponding to a dataset can be understood as the generalization information of the model trained on that dataset, and can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained on that dataset. For example, if the first dataset is used to train the first model, then the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the first model.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset may include the expected generalization ability or the expected generalization ability range corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the expected generalization ability or expected generalization range of a dataset can be understood as the expected generalization ability or expected generalization range of the model trained on that dataset.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset may include the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset is the level corresponding to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the expected generalization ability of a model can be divided into multiple generalization levels.
  • the generalization level corresponding to a dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained on that dataset.
  • Different generalization levels can correspond to different expected generalization abilities.
  • the generalization level can be represented numerically. The lower the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. Alternatively, the higher the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. For ease of description, this application embodiment is only used as an example for illustration.
  • model categories may include basic general models and cell-specific models.
  • the first model can be either a basic general model or a community-specific model.
  • the basic general model is the foundational model. It can be applied to various scenarios or multiple cells. This model is not associated with any specific scenario; that is, it can be configured in any cell within any scenario.
  • Cell-specific models also known as dedicated models, are applicable only to specific cells or scenarios. In other words, they are only matched/associated with specific cells or scenarios; that is, a user can only configure this model when accessing a specific cell or entering a specific scenario.
  • a cell-specific model may perform better than a base model applied to that cell or scenario.
  • a cell-specific model may perform worse than a base model applied to that cell or scenario; that is, performance degradation due to cell or scenario mismatch is more severe.
  • Monitoring parameters may include monitoring metrics.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include a first monitoring indicator, such as a first performance threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the performance information of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model has a first correspondence with the first monitoring parameter
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the performance information and the monitoring parameter, which includes the first correspondence.
  • Table 1 shows an example of the correspondence between performance information and monitoring parameters.
  • the performance information of the first model is performance information #A.
  • the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #A.
  • the following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario.
  • the first model is the channel compression feedback model.
  • Table 2 shows an example of the correspondence between performance levels, expected performance ranges, and performance thresholds.
  • the expected performance of the channel compression feedback model can be divided into three performance levels. Different performance levels correspond to different expected performance ranges. Different expected performances correspond to different monitoring parameters.
  • the performance of the channel compression feedback model is characterized by the channel recovery accuracy, such as the squared generalized cosine similarity (SGCS).
  • the monitoring parameter is the performance threshold.
  • the expected performance range of the channel compression feedback model at performance level 1 during normal operation is SGCS of 0.6-0.7, with an associated performance threshold of 0.6- ⁇ 1 .
  • the model can be considered to have failed once.
  • the higher the performance level the better the associated expected performance, and correspondingly, the higher the performance threshold.
  • the performance information of the first model may include performance level 1 or SGCS: [0.6-0.7].
  • its associated performance threshold i.e., the first performance threshold
  • its associated performance threshold can be determined to be 0.6- ⁇ 1 .
  • This association method helps ensure the matching of model performance and monitoring methods, that is, it helps to select monitoring methods that match the performance of models with different performance levels, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 , and ⁇ 3 represent the deviation values of the performance thresholds associated with different expected performances. For different expected performances, these deviation values can be the same or different; that is, ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 2 , and ⁇ 3 can be the same or different.
  • the deviation value of the performance threshold can be determined by the first device, the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the performance information of the first model can be used to reflect the expected performance of the first model. Determining the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected performance of the first model. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: first monitoring frequency, first monitoring period, first monitoring duration, first monitoring duration number of times, first monitoring error tolerance, or first switching threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the performance information of the first model.
  • the generalization information of the first model has a second correspondence with the first monitoring parameter.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the generalization information and the monitoring parameter, and this correspondence includes the second correspondence.
  • Table 3 shows an example of the correspondence between generalization information and monitoring parameters.
  • the generalization information of the first model is generalization information #A.
  • the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #D.
  • the following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario.
  • the first model is the channel compression feedback model.
  • Table 4 shows an example of the relationship between generalization level and monitoring frequency, monitoring duration, and switching threshold.
  • the expected generalization capability of the channel compression feedback model can be divided into three generalization levels. Different generalization levels correspond to different expected generalization capabilities. Different expected generalization capabilities correspond to different monitoring parameters. In Table 4, the monitoring parameters include monitoring frequency, monitoring duration, and handover threshold.
  • the generalization level and the monitoring frequency can be negatively correlated.
  • Models with high generalization ability have higher performance robustness and can be monitored at a lower monitoring frequency.
  • performance monitoring can be carried out at a period of 60 minutes (min), while for channel compression feedback models at generalization level 1, performance monitoring needs to be carried out at a period of 1 minute.
  • Models with higher generalization ability exhibit greater robustness and require fewer performance monitoring cycles.
  • Table 4 during model monitoring, for a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 3, the model is considered to be in normal working condition if it achieves the performance target twice consecutively. However, for a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 1, the model is considered to be in normal working condition only if it achieves the performance target 10 times consecutively.
  • the generalization level and the switching threshold can be positively correlated.
  • Models with higher generalization ability exhibit greater robustness and tolerance for performance fluctuations, allowing for the use of larger switching thresholds.
  • Table 4 during model monitoring, for a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 3, model switching is only required if the model fails to meet performance standards four times consecutively.
  • model switching is required if the model fails to meet performance standards twice consecutively.
  • the generalization information of the first model may include generalization level 1. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 4, it can be determined that the monitoring frequency associated with generalization level 1 is ⁇ 1min, the associated monitoring duration is 10, and the associated switching threshold is 2.
  • This association method helps ensure the generalization of the model and the matching of the monitoring method. In other words, it helps to select a matching monitoring method for models with different generalization, thereby improving the efficiency of model monitoring while ensuring the reliability of model monitoring and avoiding resource waste.
  • the generalization information of the first model can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the first model. Determining the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the generalization of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: a first performance threshold, a first monitoring frequency, a first monitoring cycle, a first monitoring duration, a first monitoring duration count, a first monitoring error tolerance, or a first switching threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is the monitoring parameter related to the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the identifier of the first dataset has a third correspondence with the first monitoring parameter.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the identifier of the dataset and the monitoring parameter. This correspondence includes the third correspondence.
  • Table 5 shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers and monitoring parameters.
  • the identifier of the first dataset is #A, and according to the correspondence shown in Table 5, the first monitoring parameter can be determined to include the parameter value #G.
  • the monitoring parameter values associated with the identifiers of different datasets may be the same or different. That is, parameter values #G, #H, and #I may be the same or different.
  • the following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario.
  • the first dataset is used to train the channel compression feedback model.
  • Table 6 shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers, performance thresholds, and monitoring frequencies.
  • the dataset identifier is associated with the monitoring parameters.
  • the relevant monitoring parameters can be determined based on the dataset identifier.
  • the performance threshold associated with dataset 1 is 0.6- ⁇ 1
  • the monitoring frequency associated with dataset 1 is ⁇ 60 minutes.
  • the model trained from dataset 1 if the SGCS of the model is less than 0.6- ⁇ 1 during the model monitoring process, it can be determined that the model has failed once, and performance monitoring can be carried out on it at a cycle of 60 minutes.
  • the identifier for the first dataset can be dataset 1.
  • the performance threshold associated with dataset 1 can be determined to be 0.6- ⁇ 1
  • the monitoring frequency associated with dataset 1 is ⁇ 60min.
  • a dataset can reflect the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of a model trained on that dataset.
  • the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of the dataset can be considered. This helps to match the model's performance and/or generalization with the monitoring method, thereby facilitating effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, and improving the reliability and efficiency of monitoring.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include a first performance threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is the monitoring parameter related to the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset has a fourth correspondence with the first monitoring parameter.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the performance information and the monitoring parameter, and this correspondence includes the fourth correspondence.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is performance information #A.
  • the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #A.
  • the dataset corresponds to performance level 1, meaning the expected performance range of the model trained on this dataset during normal operation is SGCS of 0.6-0.7, and the associated performance threshold is 0.6- ⁇ 1 .
  • the SGCS of the model is less than 0.6- ⁇ 1 during model monitoring, it can be determined that the model has failed once.
  • the higher the performance level the better the associated expected performance, and correspondingly, the higher the performance threshold.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset may include performance level 1 or SGCS: [0.6-0.7]. Based on the correspondence indicated in Table 2, the associated performance threshold (i.e., the first performance threshold) can be determined to be 0.6- ⁇ 1 .
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained by the first dataset. Determining the first monitoring method based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected performance of the model trained by the first dataset. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: first monitoring frequency, first monitoring period, first monitoring duration, first monitoring duration number of times, first monitoring error tolerance, or first switching threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset has a fifth correspondence with the first monitoring parameter.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the generalization information and the monitoring parameter, and this correspondence includes the fifth correspondence.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is generalization information #A.
  • the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #D.
  • the generalization level corresponding to a dataset is generalization level 1.
  • Generalization level 1 is associated with a monitoring frequency of ⁇ 1 minute, a monitoring duration of 10 times, and a switching threshold of 2.
  • performance monitoring is performed at 1-minute intervals. If the model meets the performance standard for 10 consecutive times, it is considered to be in normal working condition. If the model fails to meet the performance standard for 2 consecutive times, model switching is required.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset may include generalization level 1. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 4, it can be determined that the monitoring frequency associated with generalization level 1 is ⁇ 1min, the associated monitoring duration is 10, and the associated switching threshold is 2.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained by the first dataset. Determining the first monitoring method based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected generalization ability of the model trained by the first dataset. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the generalization of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.
  • the first network element can also determine the first monitoring method based on the category of the first model.
  • any of the methods #1 to #5 mentioned above can be used in combination with the category of the first model.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring mode based on the performance information of the first model and the category of the first model.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include a first performance threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the performance information and category of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model, the category of the first model, and the first monitoring parameter have a sixth correspondence.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the performance information, the category, and the monitoring parameter. This correspondence includes the sixth correspondence.
  • Table 7 shows an example of the correspondence between performance information, categories, and monitoring parameters.
  • the performance information of the first model is performance information #A
  • the category of the first model is category #A
  • the first monitoring parameter can be determined to include parameter value #A1.
  • the following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario.
  • the first model is the channel compression feedback model.
  • Table 8 shows an example of the correspondence between category, performance level, expected performance range, and performance threshold.
  • the expected performance of a model is related to the model category and the model performance level. Accordingly, the performance threshold can be determined by the performance level and the category.
  • the performance information of the first model may include performance level 1, and the category of the first model may be a basic general model. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 8, its associated performance threshold (i.e., the first performance threshold) can be determined to be 0.6- ⁇ 1 .
  • This association method helps to further ensure the matching of model performance and monitoring methods. It takes into account the relationship between model category and expected model performance, so as to make the classification of expected performance more accurate and refined. This is conducive to selecting monitoring methods that match the performance of models with different performance levels, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 represent the deviation values of the performance thresholds associated with different performance levels corresponding to the cell-specific model. For different performance levels, these deviation values can be the same or different, that is, ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 can be the same or different.
  • the deviation value of the performance threshold can be determined by the first device, the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the number of performance tiers can be the same or different for different categories.
  • the basic general model and the cell-specific model have the same number of performance tiers, both corresponding to two performance tiers.
  • the expected performance range of the basic general model may be large, so it can be divided into three performance tiers, meaning the basic general model corresponds to three performance tiers.
  • the expected performance range of the cell-specific model may be smaller, so it can be divided into two performance tiers, meaning the cell-specific model corresponds to two performance tiers.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model and the category of the first model.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include a first performance threshold.
  • the first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the generalization information and category of the first model.
  • the generalization information of the first model, the category of the first model, and the first monitoring parameter have a seventh correspondence.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the generalization information, the category, and the monitoring parameter. This correspondence includes an eighth correspondence.
  • Table 9 shows an example of the correspondence between generalization information, categories, and monitoring parameters.
  • the performance information of the first model is generalization information #A
  • the category of the first model is category #A
  • the first monitoring parameter can be determined to include parameter value #A2.
  • the following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario.
  • the first model is the channel compression feedback model.
  • Table 10 shows an example of the relationship between category, generalization level, monitoring frequency, monitoring duration, and switching threshold.
  • the expected generalization ability of a model is related to the model's category and its generalization level. Accordingly, the monitoring parameters can be determined jointly by the generalization level and the category.
  • the generalization information of the first model may include generalization level 1, the category of the first model is a basic general model, the associated monitoring frequency is ⁇ 1min, the associated monitoring duration is 5, and the associated switching threshold is 2.
  • This association method helps to further ensure the generalization of the model and the matching of the monitoring method. That is, it takes into account the relationship between the model category and the expected generalization ability of the model, so as to make the classification of expected generalization ability more accurate and refined. This is conducive to selecting a monitoring method that matches the generalization ability for models with different generalization abilities, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.
  • the number of generalization levels can be the same or different for different categories.
  • the number of generalization levels for category 1 is different from the number of generalization levels for category 2; the basic general model has 3 generalization levels, while the cell-specific model has 1 generalization level.
  • the number of generalization levels for the basic general model and the cell-specific model can also be the same.
  • the first monitoring method can be determined based on multiple factors, including the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, the identifier of the first dataset, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset, or the category of the first model. These multiple factors can be used together to determine the same type of monitoring parameter, or they can be used separately to determine different types of monitoring parameters.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information and generalization information of the first model. For instance, the performance information and generalization information of the first model can be used to determine different types of monitoring parameters in the first monitoring method.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information and generalization information of the first model.
  • the performance information and category of the first model can be used to determine a first performance threshold.
  • the category and generalization information of the first model can be used to determine at least one of the following: first monitoring frequency, first monitoring cycle, first monitoring duration, first monitoring duration count, first monitoring error tolerance, or first handover threshold.
  • the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information and generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. For instance, the performance information and generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to determine different types of monitoring parameters in the first monitoring method.
  • Step 510 will be explained below.
  • the first device can obtain one or more of the following in a variety of ways: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset.
  • step 510 may include: the first device receiving first information.
  • the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information about the first dataset.
  • Figure 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the method shown in Figure 6 can be regarded as a specific implementation of the method 500 shown in Figure 5.
  • step 510 may include: the first device receiving first information from the second device.
  • method 500 may further include: the second device acquiring the first information or the second device determining the first information.
  • the second device acquires or determines the content indicated by the first information.
  • the first information can indicate the performance information of the first model in various forms.
  • the first information may include an identifier of the first model.
  • the identifier of the first model may also be replaced with an index of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first model.
  • the first device can determine the performance information of the first model based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the performance information of the first model.
  • the performance information of the first model is the performance information associated with the identifier of the first model.
  • Table 11 shows an example of the correspondence between model identifiers and performance levels.
  • the first information includes a model ID of model 1.
  • the first device determines the performance level associated with model 1 (i.e., the performance level of the first model) as performance level 1 according to the correspondence shown in Table 11.
  • the correspondence between the model identifier and performance information, such as Table 11, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first model, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the first information may include performance information of the first model, that is, the first information may directly indicate the performance information of the first model.
  • the first information may include the performance level of the first model.
  • the second device can determine the performance information of the first model in various ways. For example, the second device can determine the performance information of the first model based on the correspondence between the model's identifier and performance information, as shown in Table 11. This correspondence can be determined by the second device itself, or it can be received by the second device from other devices, such as the first device, or the node providing the first model, or it can be predefined. Alternatively, the second device can receive the performance information of the first model from other devices, such as the node providing the first model.
  • the first information can indicate the generalization information of the first model in various forms.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first model.
  • the generalization information of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first model.
  • the first device can determine the generalization information of the first model based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the generalization information of the first model.
  • the generalization information of the first model is the generalization information associated with the identifier of the first model.
  • Table 11 also shows an example of the correspondence between model identifiers and generalization levels.
  • the first information includes a model ID of model 1.
  • the first device determines the generalization level associated with model 1 (i.e., the generalization level of the first model) as generalization level 3 according to the correspondence shown in Table 11.
  • the correspondence between the model identifier and the generalization information, such as Table 11, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first model, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the first information may include generalization information of the first model, that is, the first information may directly indicate the generalization information of the first model.
  • the first information may include the generalization level of the first model.
  • the second device can determine the generalization information of the first model in several ways. For a detailed description, please refer to the method for determining the performance information of the first model mentioned earlier, and simply replace the performance information of the first model with its generalization information.
  • the first information can indicate the performance information corresponding to the first dataset in various forms.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the first device can determine the performance information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is the performance information associated with the identifier of the first dataset.
  • Table 12 shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers and performance tiers.
  • the dataset ID included in the first information is dataset 1.
  • the first device determines the performance level associated with dataset 1 (i.e., the performance level corresponding to the first dataset) as performance level 1 according to the correspondence shown in Table 12.
  • the correspondence between the dataset identifier and performance information, such as Table 12, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first dataset, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the first information may include performance information corresponding to the first dataset; that is, the first information may directly indicate the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first information may include the performance level corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first model.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is indicated by the identifier of the first model.
  • the first device can determine the performance information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is the performance information corresponding to the dataset associated with the identifier of the first model.
  • the second device can determine the performance information corresponding to the first dataset in several ways. For a detailed description, please refer to the previous description of the performance information of the first model; simply replace the performance information of the first model with the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first piece of information can indicate the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset in various forms.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the first device can determine the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is the generalization information associated with the identifier of the first dataset.
  • Table 12 also shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers and generalization levels.
  • the dataset ID included in the first information is dataset 1.
  • the first device determines the generalization level associated with dataset 1 (i.e., the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset) as generalization level 3 according to the correspondence shown in Table 12.
  • the correspondence between the dataset identifier and the generalization information, such as Table 12, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first dataset, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the first information may include generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first information may include the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first model.
  • the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is indicated by the identifier of the first model.
  • the first device can determine the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is the generalization information corresponding to the dataset associated with the identifier of the first model.
  • the second device can determine the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset in several ways. For details, please refer to the previous text; simply replace the performance information corresponding to the first dataset with the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the first information can also be used to indicate the category of the first model.
  • the first piece of information can indicate the category of the first model in various forms.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first model.
  • the category of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first model.
  • the first device can determine the category of the first model based on its identifier. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and its category.
  • the category of the first model is the category associated with its identifier.
  • Table 13 shows an example of the correspondence between model identifiers and model categories.
  • the ID of the model included in the first information is model 1.
  • the first device determines the category of the model associated with model 1 (i.e., the category of the first model) based on the correspondence shown in Table 3 as the basic general model.
  • model identifiers and model categories for example, Table 13, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first model, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.
  • the first information may include the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the category of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the first device can determine the category of the model trained on the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset; this category can then be considered the category of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the category of the model trained on the first dataset.
  • the category of the model trained on the first dataset is the category associated with the identifier of the first dataset.
  • the correspondence between the dataset identifier and the model category can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first dataset.
  • the first information may include an identifier of the category of the first model. That is, the first information may directly indicate the category of the first model.
  • the second device can determine the category of the first model in several ways. For example, the second device can determine the category of the first model based on the correspondence between the model's identifier and the model's category. This correspondence can be determined by the second device itself, or it can be received by the second device from other devices, such as from the first device, or from the node providing the first model. Alternatively, the second device can receive the category of the first model from other devices, such as from the node providing the first model. Alternatively, the second device can determine the category of the model trained on the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset; this category can then be considered the category of the first model.
  • the correspondence between the dataset identifier and the model's category can be determined by the second device itself, or it can be received by the second device from other devices, such as from the node providing the first dataset. Alternatively, the second device can receive the categories associated with the first dataset from other devices.
  • the first model can be deployed partially or entirely in the second device, and the first information can also come from a third device other than the second device. That is, in step 510, the first device can receive the first information from the third device.
  • the third device can be a node providing the first model and/or the first dataset.
  • the category of the first model can also be indicated by other information besides the first information.
  • step 510 may include: the first device determining one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset.
  • the first device can determine the performance information corresponding to the identifier of the first model, i.e., the performance information of the first model, based on the correspondence between the model's identifier and performance information.
  • the methods for obtaining the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, or the relevant information of the first dataset can be the same or different.
  • all of the above can be indicated by the first information.
  • some of the above can be indicated by the first information, while the rest can be obtained through other means.
  • the rest can be indicated by other information.
  • the other content can be determined by the first device itself.
  • all of the above can be determined by the first device itself.
  • the model can be obtained by acquiring a dataset. That is, a model capable of performing the relevant functions can be obtained by acquiring a dataset. Acquiring the model can also be replaced by deploying the model.
  • the model can be trained based on a dataset to enable it to achieve the expected function or complete function matching.
  • the trained model can then be deployed on the corresponding nodes to implement the corresponding function.
  • the device can train the model to perform the expected function based on that dataset.
  • the terminal device such as the terminal device or the cloud server of the terminal device, can obtain the dataset and train the model based on the dataset in order to enable the model to achieve the expected function.
  • datasets can be used to distinguish different models.
  • the dataset identifier can serve as a model identifier.
  • the dataset ID can also be replaced with the associated ID.
  • Example #1 uses the two-sided model (Example #1) and the one-sided model (Example #2) as examples to illustrate method 500 in scenario #1.
  • the bilateral model may include a first sub-model and a second sub-model, deployed on a first device and a second device, respectively.
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the method 700 shown in Figure 7 is a specific implementation of method 500.
  • method 500 please refer to method 500.
  • some descriptions are omitted when describing method 700.
  • Method 700 is primarily illustrated using a CSI feedback scenario as an example, where the second sub-model is an encoder for compressing channel information, and the first sub-model is a decoder for recovering channel information.
  • the first device can be an AI entity on the network device side
  • the second device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side.
  • the first device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side
  • the second device can be an AI entity on the network device side.
  • Method 700 is illustrated using only the example of the first device being a network device and the second device being a terminal device, and does not constitute a limitation on the solutions of this application embodiment.
  • method 700 includes the following steps.
  • the terminal device obtains the first dataset.
  • the terminal device can train a first encoder based on the first dataset, and the first encoder can be regarded as the first model.
  • the terminal device can train a first encoder and a first decoder based on a first dataset, meaning the encoder and decoder of the bilateral model are trained together.
  • This first encoder and first decoder can be considered as the first model.
  • a terminal device can acquire multiple datasets and train multiple models based on each dataset. For instance, these datasets could be acquired from a network device. In this way, the network device can distinguish the multiple models by the IDs of the datasets.
  • the terminal device sends the first information to the network device, the first information indicating the relevant information of the first dataset.
  • the training dataset for the first encoder is the first dataset. If the terminal device needs to perform the CSI feedback process (i.e., compress channel information) through the first encoder, it can instruct the network device on the relevant information of the first dataset.
  • the CSI feedback process i.e., compress channel information
  • the first piece of information may include the ID of the first dataset.
  • the first information may include performance information corresponding to the first dataset and/or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.
  • the network device determines the first monitoring method based on the relevant information in the first dataset.
  • the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #3. For example, the network device can determine the monitoring parameters associated with the ID of the first dataset based on the correspondence between the dataset ID and the monitoring parameters (such as Table 5 or Table 6).
  • the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #4 and/or method #5. For example, the network device can determine the performance information and/or generalization information associated with the ID of the first dataset based on the correspondence between the dataset ID and performance information and/or generalization information (as shown in Table 12), and then determine the relevant monitoring parameters based on the correspondence between the performance information and/or generalization information and monitoring parameters (as shown in any one or more of Tables 1 to 4).
  • the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #4 and/or method #5.
  • the first information may include performance level 2 and generalization level 2.
  • the network device determines the following values for the monitoring parameters associated with performance level 2 according to Table 2: the performance threshold is 0.7 - ⁇ 2.
  • the network device determines the following values for the monitoring parameters associated with generalization level 2: monitoring frequency less than 10 minutes, monitoring duration count of 4, and switching threshold of 3.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include any one or more of the above parameter values.
  • the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, which indicates the first monitoring method.
  • the terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.
  • the terminal device can perform model monitoring on the first encoder according to the first monitoring method.
  • the second information could indicate a first performance threshold and a first monitoring frequency.
  • the terminal device can perform monitoring based on the first monitoring threshold. If the performance of the first encoder on the terminal device side is lower than the first performance threshold, a model switch can be triggered. The terminal device can then perform model monitoring at the first monitoring frequency.
  • the terminal device and the network device can jointly perform model monitoring on the first encoder and the first decoder according to the first monitoring method.
  • the terminal device can also be replaced by a network device, and the network device can also be replaced by a terminal device.
  • Method 700 can also be applied to the monitoring of bilateral models in other scenarios.
  • Example #2 the first model is a one-sided model and is deployed on the first device.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the method 800 shown in Figure 8 is a specific implementation of method 500.
  • method 500 please refer to method 500.
  • some descriptions are omitted when describing method 800.
  • method 800 only the first device is used as a terminal device and the second device is used as a network device for illustration, and it does not constitute a limitation on the solution of the embodiments of this application.
  • method 800 includes the following steps.
  • the terminal device obtains the first dataset.
  • the terminal device can train the first model based on the first dataset.
  • the first dataset may come from a network device.
  • the first dataset may also come from other devices, such as a cloud server.
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, the first information indicating the relevant information of the first dataset.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring method based on the relevant information in the first dataset.
  • the terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.
  • method 800 may also include step 850.
  • the network device sends third information to the terminal device, which can be used to instruct the terminal device to perform model monitoring.
  • the model monitoring operation of the terminal device can be triggered by the indication information sent by the network device.
  • Method 800 may also exclude step 850.
  • the terminal device After determining the first monitoring method, the terminal device can independently carry out monitoring operations without the need for instruction information from the network device to trigger it.
  • Example #1 For a detailed description, please refer to Example #1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the above explanation only uses the example of a one-sided model deployed on the first device.
  • the one-sided model can also be deployed on the second device.
  • the first device can be a network device
  • the second device can be a terminal device.
  • the first device can be a terminal device
  • the second device can be a network device.
  • Other possible implementations can be found in the description of method 500 above, and will not be elaborated upon here.
  • the model can be obtained by receiving the model. Obtaining the model can also be replaced by deploying the model.
  • the terminal device such as the terminal device itself, can receive the model sent by the network device or third-party device, such as receiving the model parameters.
  • Example #3 uses the two-sided model (Example #3) and the one-sided model (Example #4) as examples to illustrate method 500 in scenario #2.
  • the bilateral model may include a first sub-model and a second sub-model, deployed on a first device and a second device, respectively.
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the method 900 shown in Figure 9 is a specific implementation of method 500.
  • method 500 please refer to method 500.
  • some descriptions are omitted when describing method 900.
  • Method 900 is primarily illustrated using a CSI feedback scenario, where the second sub-model is an encoder for compressing channel information, and the first sub-model is a decoder for recovering channel information.
  • the main difference between Method 900 and Method 700 lies in the method by which the terminal device acquires the first model and the content indicated by the first information.
  • the description of Method 900 focuses on these differences; other details can be found in Method 700.
  • method 900 includes the following steps.
  • the terminal device obtains the first model.
  • the terminal device may receive model parameters from a first model from another device.
  • the terminal device can receive model parameters from a first encoder, which can be regarded as a first model.
  • the terminal device can receive model parameters of the first encoder and the first decoder, which can be regarded as the first model.
  • the first model can be obtained from a network device.
  • multiple models can be distinguished by their respective IDs.
  • the terminal device sends first information to the network device, the first information indicating the performance information of the first model and/or the generalization information of the first model.
  • the first information may include the ID of the first model.
  • the first information may include the performance information of the first model and/or the generalization information of the first model.
  • the network device determines the first monitoring method based on the first information.
  • the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #1 and/or method #2. For example, the network device can determine the performance information and/or generalization information associated with the ID of the first model according to the correspondence between the model ID and performance information and/or generalization information (as shown in Table 11), and then determine the relevant monitoring parameters according to the correspondence between the performance information and/or generalization information and monitoring parameters (as shown in any one or more of Tables 1 to 4).
  • the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #1 and/or method #2.
  • the first information may include performance level 2 and generalization level 2.
  • the network device determines the following values for the monitoring parameters associated with performance level 2 according to Table 2: the performance threshold is 0.7 - ⁇ 2 .
  • the following values are determined for the monitoring parameters associated with generalization level 2: monitoring frequency less than 10 minutes, monitoring duration count 4, and switching threshold 3.
  • the first monitoring parameter may include any one or more of the above parameter values.
  • the first information can also indicate the category of the first model.
  • the first monitoring method is also related to the category of the first model.
  • the first device can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, and the category of the first model. For instance, the first device can determine the relevant monitoring parameters based on Tables 7 to 10.
  • the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message indicating the first monitoring method.
  • the terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.
  • Example #4 the first model is a one-sided model and is deployed on the first device.
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application.
  • the method 1000 shown in Figure 10 is a specific implementation of method 500.
  • method 500 please refer to method 500.
  • some descriptions are omitted when describing method 1000.
  • method 1000 only the first device is described as a terminal device and the second device as a network device, and this does not constitute a limitation on the solution of the embodiments of this application.
  • the main difference between method 1000 and method 800 is that the terminal device obtains the first model in a different way and the content indicated by the first information is different.
  • the main focus is on describing the differences, and other descriptions can be found in method 800.
  • method 1000 includes the following steps.
  • the terminal device obtains the first model.
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device, the first information indicating the performance information of the first model and/or the generalization information of the first model.
  • the terminal device determines the first monitoring method based on the first information.
  • the terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.
  • method 1000 may also include step 1050.
  • the network device sends third information to the terminal device, which can be used to instruct the terminal device to perform model monitoring.
  • this application also provides corresponding apparatuses, which include modules for executing the methods described above. These modules can be software, hardware, or a combination of both. It is understood that the technical features described in the above method embodiments are also applicable to the following apparatus embodiments.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the device 1900 includes a transceiver unit 1910 and a processing unit 1920.
  • the transceiver unit 1910 can be used to implement corresponding communication functions.
  • the transceiver unit 1910 can also be referred to as a communication interface or communication unit, etc.
  • the processing unit 1920 can be used to implement corresponding processing or control functions, such as configuring resources.
  • the device 1900 further includes a storage unit that can be used to store instructions and/or data.
  • the processing unit 1920 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit to enable the device to perform the operation of the device or network element in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the device 1900 may be a second device, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with a second device to realize a communication method executed on the second device side; or, the device 1900 may be a first device, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with a first device to realize a communication method executed on the first device side.
  • the device 1900 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the second device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 1910 can be used to perform transceiver-related operations of the second device in the above method embodiments
  • the processing unit 1920 can be used to perform processing-related operations of the second device in the above method embodiments.
  • the device 1900 can implement the steps or processes performed by the first device corresponding to those in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 1910 can be used to perform transceiver-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments
  • the processing unit 1920 can be used to perform processing-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the device 1900 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” here can refer to an ASIC, electronic circuitry, a processor (e.g., a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group processor, etc.) and memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components supporting the described functions.
  • a processor e.g., a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group processor, etc.
  • memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components supporting the described functions.
  • device 1900 may be specifically a first device in the above embodiments, used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiments; or, device 1900 may be specifically a second device in the above embodiments, used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, further details are omitted here.
  • the apparatus 1900 of each of the above-described schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the device (such as the first device, or the second device) in the above-described methods.
  • the function can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (e.g., the transmitting unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as processing units, can be replaced by processors, respectively executing the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
  • the aforementioned transceiver unit 1910 can also be a transceiver circuit (e.g., it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit 1920 can be a processing circuit.
  • the processing circuit may include one or more processors, or circuits in one or more processors used for processing or control functions, etc.
  • the device in Figure 11 can be a network element or device as described in the foregoing embodiments, or it can be a chip or chip system, such as a SoC.
  • the transceiver unit can be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitations are imposed here.
  • FIG 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus 2000 provided in an embodiment of this application.
  • the apparatus 2000 includes a processor 2010, which is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in a memory 2020, or to read data/signaling stored in the memory 2020, to perform the methods in the above-described method embodiments.
  • a processor 2010 which is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in a memory 2020, or to read data/signaling stored in the memory 2020, to perform the methods in the above-described method embodiments.
  • the device 2000 further includes a memory 2020 for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data.
  • the memory 2020 may be integrated with the processor 2010 or may be disposed separately.
  • the device 2000 further includes a transceiver circuit 2030 for receiving and/or transmitting signals.
  • a processor 2010 is used to control the transceiver circuit 2030 to receive and/or transmit signals.
  • the processor 2010 may also be replaced by a processing circuit.
  • the device 2000 can be a network element or device as described in the foregoing embodiments, or it can be a chip or chip system.
  • the transceiver circuit 2030 can be a transceiver.
  • the transceiver circuit 2030 can be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.
  • the device 2000 can be applied to a second device.
  • the device 2000 can be the second device itself, or it can be any device capable of supporting the second device and implementing the functions of the second device in any of the examples described above.
  • the device 2000 is used to implement the operations performed by the second device in the various method embodiments described above.
  • processor 2010 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in memory 2020 to implement the relevant operations of the second device in the various method embodiments described above.
  • the device 2000 can be applied to the first device.
  • the device 2000 can be the first device itself, or it can be any device capable of supporting the first device and implementing the functions of the first device in any of the examples mentioned above.
  • the device 2000 is used to implement the operations performed by the first device in the various method embodiments described above.
  • processor 2010 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in memory 2020 to implement the relevant operations of the first device in the various method embodiments described above.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), ASICs, field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • Non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM includes the following forms: static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous linked dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM), and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM).
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous linked dynamic random access memory
  • DR RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium storing computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by the communication device in the above-described method embodiments.
  • the computer program when executed by the computer, it enables the computer to implement the methods executed by the first device in the various embodiments of the above methods.
  • the computer program when executed by the computer, it enables the computer to implement the methods executed by the second device in the various embodiments of the above methods.
  • This application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a device (such as a first device or a second device) in the above-described method embodiments.
  • This application also provides a communication system, including the aforementioned first device and second device.
  • the first device and second device can implement the communication method shown in any of the foregoing examples.
  • the system may also include a device that communicates with the first device and/or the second device described above.
  • the disclosed apparatus and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are merely illustrative; for instance, the division of units is only a logical functional division, and in actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of apparatus or units may be electrical, mechanical, or other forms.
  • implementation can be achieved entirely or partially through software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it can be implemented entirely or partially in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of this application are generated.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media.
  • the available media can be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., DVDs), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid-state drives (SSDs)).
  • the aforementioned available media include, but are not limited to, various media capable of storing program code, such as USB flash drives, portable hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks, or optical disks.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus. The method comprises: receiving first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of the first model, or related information of a first data set, and the first data set being used for training the first model; and determining a monitoring means of the first model according to the first information. The solution of the embodiments of the present application helps improve the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

Description

通信的方法和通信装置Communication methods and communication devices

本申请要求在2024年05月20日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202410627977.X的中国专利申请的优先权,发明名称为“通信的方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 202410627977.X, filed on May 20, 2024, entitled “Method and Apparatus for Communication”, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及通信领域,并且,更具体地,涉及一种通信的方法和通信装置。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method and apparatus for communication.

背景技术Background Technology

在无线通信网络中,例如在移动通信网络中,网络支持的业务越来越多样,因此需要满足的需求越来越多样。为了支持多样化的业务,可以将人工智能(artificialintelligence,AI)技术引入无线通信网络中,从而实现网络智能化。以AI模型用于信道信息的压缩反馈为例,用户设备(user equipment,UE)根据参考信号得到下行信道信息,将下行信道信息作为UE侧编码器模型的输入,得到信道信息的反馈量。UE将信道信息的反馈量反馈给基站,基站将反馈量输入基站侧解码器模型恢复出下行信道信息。In wireless communication networks, such as mobile communication networks, the services supported by the network are becoming increasingly diverse, thus requiring increasingly diverse demands. To support these diverse services, artificial intelligence (AI) technology can be introduced into wireless communication networks to achieve network intelligence. Taking the use of an AI model for compressed feedback of channel information as an example, the user equipment (UE) obtains downlink channel information based on a reference signal. This downlink channel information is then used as input to the UE-side encoder model to obtain the feedback quantity of the channel information. The UE feeds back the feedback quantity of the channel information to the base station, which then inputs the feedback quantity into its base station-side decoder model to recover the downlink channel information.

然而,AI模型在实际使用中的性能可能并不稳定。例如,随着环境状况的变化,AI模型可能不再适应当前的通信环境,难以实现预期的通信功能,或者,难以保证通信性能的稳定。However, the performance of AI models in real-world applications may not be stable. For example, as environmental conditions change, AI models may no longer adapt to the current communication environment, making it difficult to achieve the expected communication functions or guarantee stable communication performance.

发明内容Summary of the Invention

本申请提供一种通信的方法和通信装置,以期有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。This application provides a communication method and communication device, which are intended to improve the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

第一方面,提供了一种通信的方法,可以由通信装置或应用于通信装置的模块(例如,芯片或电路等)执行,该通信装置可以为方法实施例中的第一设备。In a first aspect, a method of communication is provided, which can be performed by a communication device or a module (e.g., a chip or circuit) applied to the communication device, wherein the communication device can be a first device in the method embodiment.

第一设备可以为终端设备侧的设备或网络设备侧的设备。其中,终端设备侧可以包括终端设备或终端设备侧的AI实体中的至少一项。终端设备侧的AI实体可以为终端设备本身,也可以为服务于终端设备的AI实体,例如服务器,比如过顶(over the top,OTT)服务器或云端服务器。网络设备侧可以包括网络设备或网络设备侧的AI实体中的至少一项。网络设备侧的AI实体可以为网络设备本身,也可以为服务于网络设备的AI实体,例如无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)智能控制器(RAN intelligent controller,RIC),操作维护管理(operation administration and maintenance,OAM),或,服务器,比如OTT服务器或云端服务器。The first device can be a device on the terminal device side or a device on the network device side. The terminal device side can include at least one of a terminal device or an AI entity on the terminal device side. The AI entity on the terminal device side can be the terminal device itself or an AI entity serving the terminal device, such as a server, such as an over-the-top (OTT) server or a cloud server. The network device side can include at least one of a network device or an AI entity on the network device side. The AI entity on the network device side can be the network device itself or an AI entity serving the network device, such as a radio access network (RAN) intelligent controller (RIC), operation administration and maintenance (OAM), or a server, such as an OTT server or a cloud server.

该方法包括:接收第一信息,第一信息指示以下一项或多项:第一模型的性能信息,第一模型的泛化性信息,或第一数据集的相关信息,第一数据集用于第一模型的训练;根据第一信息确定第一模型的监控方式。The method includes: receiving first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of a first model, or relevant information of a first dataset, the first dataset being used for training the first model; and determining a monitoring method for the first model based on the first information.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的性能信息、模型的泛化性信息或数据集的相关信息能够反映模型的预期性能和/或第一模型的预期泛化能力,这样有利于为模型确定合适的监控方式,即确定与模型的性能和/或泛化性匹配的监控方式,以期实现对不同性能和/或泛化性的模型进行有效监控,从而提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

示例性地,第一模型可以部分或全部部署于第一设备中。第一设备可以根据第一模型的监控方式对第一模型进行模型监控。For example, the first model may be deployed partially or entirely in the first device. The first device can monitor the first model according to the monitoring method of the first model.

可选地,该方法还可以包括:接收第三信息,第三信息指示对第一模型进行模型监控。Optionally, the method may further include: receiving third information, the third information indicating model monitoring of the first model.

第一设备可以根据第三信息对第一模型进行模型监控。The first device can monitor the first model based on the third information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:发送第二信息,第二信息指示第一模型的监控方式。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending a second message, the second message indicating the monitoring method of the first model.

示例性地,第一模型部分或全部部署于第二设备。第一设备可以向第二设备发送第二信息,第二设备可以根据第二信息指示的监控方式对第一模型进行模型监控。For example, the first model may be partially or entirely deployed on the second device. The first device may send second information to the second device, and the second device may monitor the first model according to the monitoring method indicated by the second information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一信息通过指示第一模型的标识指示第一模型的性能信息,第一模型的泛化性信息,或第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, through an identifier indicating the first model.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的性能信息包括第一模型的性能档位(也即性能等级),第一模型的性能档位与第一模型的预期性能相关,和/或,第一模型的泛化性信息包括第一模型的泛化性档位,第一模型的泛化性档位与第一模型的预期泛化能力相关。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the performance information of the first model includes the performance level (i.e., performance grade) of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or, the generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.

可选地,第一模型的性能信息可以包括第一模型的预期性能或第一模型的预期性能范围。Optionally, the performance information of the first model may include the expected performance of the first model or the expected performance range of the first model.

可选地,第一模型的泛化性信息可以包括第一模型的预期泛化能力或第一模型的预期泛化能力范围。Optionally, the generalization information of the first model may include the expected generalization ability of the first model or the expected generalization range of the first model.

在本申请实施例的方案中,第一模型的性能信息可以用于反映由第一模型的预期性能,根据第一模型的性能信息确定第一模型的监控方式,相当于根据第一模型的预期性能来确定第一模型的监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的性能匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。第一模型的泛化性信息可以用于反映由第一模型的预期泛化能力,根据第一模型的泛化性信息确定第一模型的监控方式,相当于根据第一模型的预期泛化能力来确定第一模型的监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的泛化性匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the performance information of the first model can be used to reflect the expected performance of the first model. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on its performance information is equivalent to determining the monitoring method based on its expected performance, which helps to obtain a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring. The generalization information of the first model can be used to reflect its expected generalization ability. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on its generalization information is equivalent to determining the monitoring method based on its expected generalization ability, which helps to obtain a monitoring method that matches the generalization ability of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一信息还指示第一模型的模型类别。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first information also indicates the model category of the first model.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的模型类别包括基础通用模型或小区专用模型。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model.

在本申请实施例的方案中,根据第一模型的模型类别确定第一模型的监控方式,考虑了模型的类别与模型的预期性能和/或预期泛化能力之间的关系,以期使得对预期性能和/或预期泛化能力的划分更加准确,更精细,有利于为不同泛化性的模型选择与性能和/或泛化性匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the monitoring method of the first model is determined according to the model category of the first model. The relationship between the model category and the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of the model is considered, so as to make the classification of expected performance and/or expected generalization ability more accurate and refined. This is conducive to selecting a monitoring method that matches the performance and/or generalization ability for models with different generalization, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集的相关信息包括第一数据集的标识。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset.

在本申请实施例的方案中,数据集能够反映出由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能和/或预期泛化能力,这样有利于使得模型的性能和/或泛化性与监控方式匹配,从而有利于实现对针对不同性能和/或泛化性的模型的有效监控,提高监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the dataset can reflect the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of the model trained on the dataset. This is beneficial for matching the model's performance and/or generalization with the monitoring method, thereby facilitating effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, and improving the reliability and efficiency of monitoring.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集的相关信息包括以下一项或多项:第一数据集对应的性能信息或第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

在本申请实施例的方案中,第一数据集对应的性能信息可以用于反映由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能,根据第一数据集对应的性能信息确定第一模型的监控方式,相当于根据第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能来确定第一模型的监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的性能匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以用于反映由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力,根据第一数据集对应的泛化性信息确定第一模型的监控方式,相当于根据第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力来确定第一模型的监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的泛化性匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset. This is beneficial for obtaining a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring. The generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. Determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the monitoring method of the first model based on the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. This is beneficial for obtaining a monitoring method that matches the generalization ability of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集对应的性能信息包括由第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位,由第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能相关,和/或,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息包括由第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位,由第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力相关。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset being related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset being related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的监控方式采用的监控参数包括以下至少一项:第一模型的性能阈值、第一模型的监控频率、第一模型的监控持续时长、第一模型的监控持续次数、第一模型的监控误差容忍度或者第一模型的切换阈值。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model.

第二方面,提供了一种通信的方法,可以由通信装置或应用于通信装置的模块(例如,芯片或电路等)执行,该通信装置可以为方法实施例中的第二设备。Secondly, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device or a module (e.g., a chip or circuit) applied to the communication device, wherein the communication device can be a second device in the method embodiment.

第二设备可以为终端设备侧的设备或网络设备侧的设备。其中,终端设备侧可以包括终端设备或终端设备侧的AI实体中的至少一项。终端设备侧的AI实体可以为终端设备本身,也可以为服务于终端设备的AI实体,例如服务器,比如OTT服务器或云端服务器。网络设备侧可以包括网络设备或网络设备侧的AI实体中的至少一项。网络设备侧的AI实体可以为网络设备本身,也可以为服务于网络设备的AI实体,例如RIC,OAM,或,服务器,比如OTT服务器或云端服务器。The second device can be a device on the terminal device side or a device on the network device side. The terminal device side can include at least one of a terminal device or an AI entity on the terminal device side. The AI entity on the terminal device side can be the terminal device itself or an AI entity serving the terminal device, such as a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server. The network device side can include at least one of a network device or an AI entity on the network device side. The AI entity on the network device side can be the network device itself or an AI entity serving the network device, such as a RIC, OAM, or a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server.

该方法包括:发送第一信息,第一信息指示以下一项或多项:第一模型的性能信息,第一模型的泛化性信息,或,第一数据集的相关信息,第一数据集用于第一模型的训练,第一信息用于第一模型的监控方式的确定;接收第二信息,第二信息指示第一模型的监控方式。The method includes: sending first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of a first model, or, relevant information of a first dataset, the first dataset being used for training the first model, and the first information being used to determine the monitoring method of the first model; and receiving second information, the second information indicating the monitoring method of the first model.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的性能信息、模型的泛化性信息或数据集的相关信息能够反映模型的预期性能和/或第一模型的预期泛化能力,这样有利于为模型确定合适的监控方式,即确定与模型的性能和/或泛化性匹配的监控方式,以期实现对不同性能和/或泛化性的模型进行有效监控,从而提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一信息通过指示第一模型的标识指示第一模型的性能信息,第一模型的泛化性信息,或第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, through an identifier indicating the first model.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的性能信息包括第一模型的性能档位,第一模型的性能档位与第一模型的预期性能相关,和/或,第一模型的泛化性信息包括第一模型的泛化性档位,第一模型的泛化性档位与第一模型的预期泛化能力相关。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the performance information of the first model includes the performance level of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or, the generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一信息还指示第一模型的模型类别。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information also indicates the model category of the first model.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的模型类别包括基础通用模型或小区专用模型。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集的相关信息包括第一数据集的标识。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集的相关信息包括以下一项或多项:第一数据集对应的性能信息或第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集对应的性能信息包括由第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位,由第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能相关,和/或,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息包括由第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位,由第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力相关。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的监控方式采用的监控参数包括以下至少一项:第一模型的性能阈值、第一模型的监控频率、第一模型的监控持续时长、第一模型的监控持续次数、第一模型的监控误差容忍度或者第一模型的切换阈值。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model.

第三方面,可以由通信装置或应用于通信装置的模块(例如,芯片或电路等)执行,该通信装置可以为方法实施例中的第二设备。Thirdly, it can be performed by a communication device or a module (e.g., a chip or circuit) applied to the communication device, which can be the second device in the method embodiment.

第二设备可以为终端设备侧的设备或网络设备侧的设备。其中,终端设备侧可以包括终端设备或终端设备侧的AI实体中的至少一项。终端设备侧的AI实体可以为终端设备本身,也可以为服务于终端设备的AI实体,例如服务器,比如OTT服务器或云端服务器。网络设备侧可以包括网络设备或网络设备侧的AI实体中的至少一项。网络设备侧的AI实体可以为网络设备本身,也可以为服务于网络设备的AI实体,例如RIC,OAM,或,服务器,比如OTT服务器或云端服务器。The second device can be a device on the terminal device side or a device on the network device side. The terminal device side can include at least one of a terminal device or an AI entity on the terminal device side. The AI entity on the terminal device side can be the terminal device itself or an AI entity serving the terminal device, such as a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server. The network device side can include at least one of a network device or an AI entity on the network device side. The AI entity on the network device side can be the network device itself or an AI entity serving the network device, such as a RIC, OAM, or a server, like an OTT server or a cloud server.

该方法包括:发送第一信息,第一信息指示以下一项或多项:第一模型的性能信息,第一模型的泛化性信息,或,第一数据集的相关信息,第一数据集用于第一模型的训练,第一信息用于第一模型的监控方式的确定。The method includes: sending first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: performance information of a first model, generalization information of a first model, or, relevant information of a first dataset, the first dataset being used for training the first model, and the first information being used to determine the monitoring method of the first model.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的性能信息、模型的泛化性信息或数据集的相关信息能够反映模型的预期性能和/或第一模型的预期泛化能力,这样有利于为模型确定合适的监控方式,即确定与模型的性能和/或泛化性匹配的监控方式,以期实现对不同性能和/或泛化性的模型进行有效监控,从而提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第三信息,第三信息指示对第一模型进行模型监控。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending third information, which instructs the first model to be monitored.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一信息通过指示第一模型的标识指示第一模型的性能信息,第一模型的泛化性信息,或第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, through an identifier indicating the first model.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的性能信息包括第一模型的性能档位,第一模型的性能档位与第一模型的预期性能相关,和/或,第一模型的泛化性信息包括第一模型的泛化性档位,第一模型的泛化性档位与第一模型的预期泛化能力相关。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the performance information of the first model includes the performance level of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or, the generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一信息还指示第一模型的模型类别。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first information also indicates the model category of the first model.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的模型类别包括基础通用模型或小区专用模型。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集的相关信息包括第一数据集的标识。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集的相关信息包括以下一项或多项:第一数据集对应的性能信息或第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一数据集对应的性能信息包括由第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位,由第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能相关,和/或,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息包括由第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位,由第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力相关。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,第一模型的监控方式采用的监控参数包括以下至少一项:第一模型的性能阈值、第一模型的监控频率、第一模型的监控持续时长、第一模型的监控持续次数、第一模型的监控误差容忍度或者第一模型的切换阈值。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model.

第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是被配置设置于终端设备中的装置、模块、电路或芯片等,或者是能够和终端设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第一方面所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。Fourthly, a communication device is provided. This communication device can be a terminal device, or a device, module, circuit, or chip configured within a terminal device, or a device compatible with a terminal device. In one design, the communication device may include modules corresponding to the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the first aspect. These modules can be hardware circuits, software, or a combination of hardware circuits and software. In another design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.

其中,发送模块用于执行如上第一方面所描述方法中的发送动作,处理模块则用于执行如上第一方面至第三方面中任一项所描述方法中的涉及处理的动作,接收模块用于执行如上第一方面至第三方面中任一项所描述方法中的涉及接收的动作。The sending module is used to perform the sending action in the method described in the first aspect above, the processing module is used to perform the processing action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above, and the receiving module is used to perform the receiving action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是被配置设置于网络设备中的装置、模块、电路或芯片等,或者是能够和网络设备匹配使用的装置。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括执行第二方面所描述的方法/操作/步骤/动作所一一对应的模块,该模块可以是硬件电路,也可是软件,也可以是硬件电路结合软件实现。一种设计中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块和通信模块。Fifthly, a communication device is provided. This communication device can be a network device, or a device, module, circuit, or chip configured within a network device, or a device compatible with a network device. In one design, the communication device may include modules corresponding to each of the methods/operations/steps/actions described in the second aspect. These modules can be hardware circuits, software, or a combination of hardware circuits and software. In another design, the communication device may include a processing module and a communication module.

其中,接收模块用于执行如上第二方面所描述方法中的接收动作,处理模块则用于执行如上第一方面至第三方面中任一项所描述方法中的涉及处理的动作,发送模块用于执行如上第一方面至第三方面中任一项所描述方法中的发送动作。The receiving module is used to perform the receiving action in the method described in the second aspect above, the processing module is used to perform the processing action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above, and the sending module is used to perform the sending action in the method described in any one of the first to third aspects above.

第六方面,提供一种通信装置,包括与一个或多个存储介质耦合的一个或多个处理器,该一个或多个存储介质存储有指令,该指令被一个或多个处理器运行时,以使得如第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,使得如第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,或者使得如第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现。A sixth aspect provides a communication device including one or more processors coupled to one or more storage media, the one or more storage media storing instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause a method as in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, cause a method as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or cause a method as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.

第七方面,提供一种通信装置,包括一个或多个处理器,所述一个或多个处理器用于处理数据和/或信息,以使得如第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,使得如第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,或者使得如第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现。A seventh aspect provides a communication apparatus comprising one or more processors, the one or more processors being configured to process data and/or information such that a method as in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof is implemented, a method as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof is implemented, or a method as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof is implemented.

可选地,所述通信装置还可以包括通信接口,所述通信接口用于接收数据和/或信息,并将接收到的数据和/或信息传输至所述处理器。可选地,所述通信接口还用于输出经处理器处理之后的数据和/或信息。Optionally, the communication device may further include a communication interface for receiving data and/or information and transmitting the received data and/or information to the processor. Optionally, the communication interface may also be used to output data and/or information processed by the processor.

第八方面,提供一种芯片,包括处理器,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,以使得如第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,使得如第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,或者使得如第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现。Eighthly, a chip is provided, including a processor, the processor being configured to execute a program or instructions to cause the method as described in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, to cause the method as described in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or to cause the method as described in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.

可选地,所述芯片还可以包括存储器,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令。可选地,所述芯片还可以包括所述收发器。Optionally, the chip may further include a memory for storing programs or instructions. Optionally, the chip may further include the transceiver.

可选地,所述芯片为专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。Optionally, the chip is an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a system-on-chip (SoC).

第九方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质包括指令,当该指令被处理器运行时,使得如第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,使得如第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,或者使得如第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现。A ninth aspect provides a computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause a method as described in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, a method as described in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or a method as described in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.

第十方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当所述计算机程序代码或指令被运行时,使得如第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,使得如第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现,或者使得如第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法被实现。In a tenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising computer program code or instructions that, when the computer program code or instructions are executed, cause the method as in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, cause the method as in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented, or cause the method as in the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof to be implemented.

第十一方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括以下装置中的一项或多项的组合:执行第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中方法的通信装置,执行第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中方法的通信装置,执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中方法的通信装置。例如,该通信系统可以包括第四方面提供的通信装置,和/或,第五方面提供的通信装置。Eleventhly, a communication system is provided, comprising one or more of the following means: a communication device for performing the method of the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof, a communication device for performing the method of the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof, and a communication device for performing the method of the third aspect or any possible implementation thereof. For example, the communication system may include the communication device provided by the fourth aspect, and/or, the communication device provided by the fifth aspect.

附图说明Attached Figure Description

图1是适用于本申请实施例的一种通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to an embodiment of this application;

图2是适用于本申请实施例的另一种通信系统的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of this application;

图3是适用于本申请实施例的又一种通信系统的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to an embodiment of this application;

图4是适用于本申请实施例的通信系统中的一种应用框架的示意图;Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of an application framework applicable to a communication system according to an embodiment of this application;

图5是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种通信的方法的示意性流程图;Figure 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided in an embodiment of this application;

图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的装置的示意性框图;Figure 11 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided in an embodiment of this application;

图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信的装置的示意性框图。Figure 12 is a schematic block diagram of another communication device provided in an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式Detailed Implementation

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)系统、卫星通信系统、未来的通信系统,如未来通信网络移动通信系统,或者多种系统的融合系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: 5th generation (5G) or new radio (NR) systems, long term evolution (LTE) systems, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) systems, LTE time division duplex (TDD) systems, wireless local area network (WLAN) systems, satellite communication systems, future communication systems such as future communication network mobile communication systems, or integrated systems of multiple systems. The technical solutions provided in this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, machine-type communication (MTC), and Internet of Things (IoT) communication systems or other communication systems.

通信系统中的一个设备可以向另一个设备发送信号或从另一个设备接收信号。其中信号可以包括信息、信令或者数据等。其中,设备也可以被替换为实体、网络实体、网元、通信设备、通信模块、节点、通信节点等等,本公开中以设备为例进行描述。例如,通信系统可以包括至少一个终端设备和至少一个网络设备。在该通信系统中,网络设备可以向终端设备发送下行信号,终端设备可以向网络设备发送上行信号,网络设备可以向另一网络设备发送信号,终端设备可以向另一终端设备发送侧行信号。In a communication system, a device can send signals to or receive signals from another device. These signals can include information, signaling, or data. The device can also be replaced by an entity, network entity, network element, communication equipment, communication module, node, communication node, etc. This disclosure uses a device as an example. For instance, a communication system can include at least one terminal device and at least one network device. In this communication system, the network device can send downlink signals to the terminal device, the terminal device can send uplink signals to the network device, the network device can send signals to another network device, and the terminal device can send sidelink signals to another terminal device.

在本申请实施例中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。In the embodiments of this application, the terminal device may also be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.

终端设备可以是一种提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Terminal devices can be devices that provide voice/data, such as handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, etc. Currently, some examples of terminals include: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in telemedicine, wireless terminals in smart grids, wireless terminals in transportation safety, and wireless terminals in smart cities. The embodiments of this application do not limit the scope to wireless terminals in smart homes, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks, or terminal devices in future evolved public land mobile networks (PLMNs).

作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。By way of example and not limitation, in this embodiment, the terminal device can also be a wearable device. Wearable devices, also known as wearable smart devices, are a general term for devices that utilize wearable technology to intelligently design and develop everyday wearables, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes. Wearable devices are portable devices that are worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not merely hardware devices, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Broadly speaking, wearable smart devices include those that are feature-rich, large in size, and can achieve complete or partial functions without relying on a smartphone, such as smartwatches or smart glasses, as well as those that focus on a specific type of application function and require the use of other devices such as smartphones, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for vital sign monitoring.

本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中或者和终端设备匹配使用。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。在本申请实施例中仅以用于实现终端设备的功能的装置为终端设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In this embodiment, the device for implementing the functions of the terminal device can be the terminal device itself, or it can be any device capable of supporting the terminal device in implementing those functions, such as a chip system. This device can be installed in or used in conjunction with the terminal device. In this embodiment, the chip system can be composed of chips or may include chips and other discrete components. This embodiment only uses the terminal device as an example to illustrate the device for implementing the functions of the terminal device, and does not constitute a limitation on the solution of this embodiment.

本申请实施例中的网络设备可以包括用于与终端设备通信的设备,比如,该网络设备可以包括接入网设备或无线接入网设备,如该接入网设备可以是基站。本申请实施例中的无线接入网设备可以是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的RAN节点(或设备)。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、未来的基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站、辅站、多制式无线(motor slide retainer,MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point,AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、射电单元(radio unit,RU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及D2D、V2X、M2M通信中承担基站功能的设备、未来通信网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。可选的,RAN节点还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,车辆或车载设备等。例如,V2X技术中的接入网设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The network device in this application embodiment may include a device for communicating with a terminal device. For example, the network device may include an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as a base station. The wireless access network device in this application embodiment may refer to a RAN node (or device) that connects the terminal device to the wireless network. A base station can broadly encompass various names such as, or be replaced by, the following: NodeB, evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmitting and receiving point (TRP), transmitting point (TP), master station, auxiliary station, motor slide retainer (MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), remote radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), radio unit (RU), positioning node, etc. A base station can be a macro base station, micro base station, relay node, donor node, or a combination thereof. A base station can also refer to a communication module, modem, or chip installed within the aforementioned equipment or apparatus. A base station can also be a mobile switching center and equipment performing base station functions in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, network-side equipment in future communication networks, or equipment performing base station functions in future communication systems. A base station can support networks using the same or different access technologies. Optionally, a RAN node can also be a server, wearable device, vehicle, or in-vehicle equipment. For example, access network equipment in V2X technology can be a roadside unit (RSU). The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technologies or equipment forms used in the network equipment.

基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。Base stations can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move depending on the location of the mobile base station. In other examples, a helicopter or drone can be configured as a device to communicate with another base station.

在一些部署中,本申请实施例所提及的网络设备可以为包括CU、或DU、或包括CU和DU的设备、或者控制面CU节点(中央单元控制面(central unit-control plane,CU-CP))和用户面CU节点(中央单元用户面(central unit-user plane,CU-UP))以及DU节点的设备。例如,网络设备可以包括gNB-CU-CP、gNB-CU-UP和gNB-DU。In some deployments, the network devices mentioned in the embodiments of this application may be devices including CU, DU, or CU and DU, or devices with control plane CU nodes (central unit-control plane (CU-CP)) and user plane CU nodes (central unit-user plane (CU-UP)) and DU nodes. For example, the network devices may include gNB-CU-CP, gNB-CU-UP, and gNB-DU.

在一些部署中,由多个RAN节点协作协助终端实现无线接入,不同RAN节点分别实现基站的部分功能。例如,RAN节点可以是CU,DU,CU-CP,CU-UP,或者RU等。CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如BBU中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在RRU、AAU或RRH中。In some deployments, multiple RAN nodes collaborate to assist terminals in achieving wireless access, with different RAN nodes each implementing some of the base station's functions. For example, RAN nodes can be CUs, DUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, or RUs. CUs and DUs can be configured separately or included in the same network element, such as a BBU. RUs can be included in radio frequency equipment or radio frequency units, such as RRUs, AAUs, or RRHs.

RAN节点可以支持一种或多种类型的前传接口,不同的前传接口分别对应具有不同功能的DU和RU。RAN nodes can support one or more types of fronthaul interfaces, and different fronthaul interfaces correspond to DU and RU with different functions.

若DU和RU之间的前传接口为通用公共无线电接口(common public radio interface,CPRI),DU被配置用于实现基带功能中的一项或多项,RU被配置用于实现射频功能中的一项或多项。If the fronthaul interface between the DU and RU is a common public radio interface (CPRI), the DU is configured to implement one or more baseband functions, and the RU is configured to implement one or more radio frequency functions.

若DU和RU之间的前传接口为另一种接口,其相对于CPRI,将下行和/或上行的部分基带功能,比如,针对下行,预编码(precoding),数字波束赋形(beamforming,BF),或快速傅立叶反变换(inverse fast fourier transform,IFFT)/添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的一项或多项,从DU中移至RU中实现,针对上行,数字波束赋形(beamforming,BF),或快速傅立叶变换(fast fourier transform,FFT)/去除循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的一项或多项,从DU中移至RU中实现。If the fronthaul interface between DU and RU is a different interface, relative to CPRI, some baseband functions for downlink and/or uplink, such as, for downlink, precoding, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more of inverse fast fourier transform (IFFT)/cyclic prefix addition (CP), are moved from DU to RU; and for uplink, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more of fast fourier transform (FFT)/cyclic prefix removal (CP) are moved from DU to RU.

一种可能的实现方式,该接口可以为增强型通用公共无线电接口(enhanced common public radio interface,eCPRI)。在eCPRI架构下,DU和RU之间的切分方式不同,对应不同类型(category,Cat)的eCPRI,比如eCPRI Cat A,B,C,D,E,F。One possible implementation is that the interface can be an enhanced common public radio interface (eCPRI). In the eCPRI architecture, the segmentation between DU and RU differs, corresponding to different categories (Cat) of eCPRI, such as eCPRI Cat A, B, C, D, E, and F.

以eCPRI Cat A为例,对于下行传输,以层映射为切分,DU被配置用于实现层映射及之前的一项或多项功能(即编码、速率匹配,加扰,调制,层映射中的一项或多项),而层映射之后的其他功能(例如,资源元素(resource element,RE)映射,数字波束赋形(beamforming,BF),或快速傅立叶反变换(inverse fast Fourier transform,IFFT)/添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP)中的一项或多项)移至RU中实现。对于上行传输,以解RE映射为切分,DU被配置用于实现解映射及之前的一项或多项功能(即解码,解速率匹配,解扰,解调,离散傅里叶逆变换(inverse discrete Fourier transform,IDFT),信道均衡,解RE映射中的一项或多项功能),而解映射之后的其他功能(例如,数字BF或快速傅里叶变换(fast Fourier transform,FFT)/去CP中的一项或多项)移至RU中实现。可以理解的是,关于各种类型的eCPRI所对应的DU和RU的功能描述,可以参考eCPRI协议,在此不予赘述。Taking eCPRI Cat A as an example, for downlink transmission, the DU is configured to implement one or more functions before and after the layer mapping (i.e., coding, rate matching, scrambling, modulation, layer mapping). Other functions after the layer mapping (e.g., resource element (RE) mapping, digital beamforming (BF), or one or more of inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT)/adding a cyclic prefix (CP)) are moved to the RU for implementation. For uplink transmission, the de-RE mapping is used as the dividing line. The DU is configured to implement one or more functions preceding de-mapping (i.e., decoding, rate matching de-matching, descrambling, demodulation, inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT), channel equalization, and one or more functions in de-RE mapping). Other functions following de-mapping (e.g., one or more functions in digital BF or fast Fourier transform (FFT)/de-CP) are moved to the RU. It is understood that descriptions of the functions of the DU and RU corresponding to various types of eCPRI can be found in the eCPRI protocol and will not be elaborated upon here.

一种可能的设计中,BBU中用于实现基带功能的处理单元称为基带高层(base band high,BBH)单元,RRU/AAU/RRH中用于实现基带功能的处理单元称为基带低层(base band low,BBL)单元。In one possible design, the processing unit in the BBU used to implement baseband functions is called the baseband high (BBH) unit, and the processing unit in the RRU/AAU/RRH used to implement baseband functions is called the baseband low (BBL) unit.

在不同系统中,CU(或CU-CP和CU-UP)、DU或RU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,在开放式RAN(open RAN,ORAN)系统中,CU也可以称为O-CU(开放式CU),DU也可以称为O-DU,CU-CP也可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP也可以称为O-CU-UP,RU也可以称为O-RU。本申请中的CU(或CU-CP、CU-UP)、DU和RU中的任一单元,可以是通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合来实现。In different systems, CU (or CU-CP and CU-UP), DU, or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art will understand their meaning. For example, in an open RAN (ORAN) system, CU can also be called O-CU (open CU), DU can also be called O-DU, CU-CP can also be called O-CU-CP, CU-UP can also be called O-CU-UP, and RU can also be called O-RU. Any of the units among CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU, and RU in this application can be implemented through software modules, hardware modules, or a combination of software modules and hardware modules.

本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备;也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统、硬件电路、软件模块、或硬件电路加软件模块。该装置可以被安装在网络设备中或者和网络设备匹配使用。在本申请实施例中仅以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置为网络设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In this embodiment, the apparatus for implementing the functions of a network device can be a network device itself; it can also be an apparatus capable of supporting the network device in implementing those functions, such as a chip system, hardware circuit, software module, or a hardware circuit plus a software module. This apparatus can be installed in the network device or used in conjunction with the network device. In this embodiment, the example of a network device being used to implement the functions of a network device is provided only and does not constitute a limitation on the solutions described in this embodiment.

网络设备和/或终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内、室外、手持、和/或车载;也可以部署在水面(如轮船等)上;还可以部署在空中(如飞机、气球、和/或卫星)上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。Network devices and/or terminal devices can be deployed on land, including indoors, outdoors, handheld, and/or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on water (such as ships); and they can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons, and/or satellites). The embodiments of this application do not limit the scenarios in which the network devices and terminal devices are located.

此外,终端设备和网络设备可以是硬件设备,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,通用硬件上运行的软件功能,比如,是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,又或者,是包括专用或通用硬件设备和软件功能的实体,本申请对于终端设备和网络设备的具体形态不作限定。Furthermore, terminal devices and network devices can be hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, software functions running on general-purpose hardware, such as virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform), or entities that include dedicated or general-purpose hardware devices and software functions. This application does not limit the specific form of terminal devices and network devices.

在无线通信网络中,例如在移动通信网络中,网络支持的业务越来越多样,因此需要满足的需求越来越多样。例如,网络需要能够支持超高速率、超低时延、和/或超大连接。该特点使得网络规划、网络配置、和/或资源调度越来越复杂。此外,由于网络的功能越来越强大,例如支持的频谱越来越高、支持高阶多入多出(multiple input multiple output,MIMO)技术、支持波束赋形、和/或支持波束管理等新技术,使得网络节能成为了热门研究课题。这些新需求、新场景和新特性给网络规划、运维和高效运营带来了前所未有的挑战。为了迎接该挑战,可以将人工智能技术引入无线通信网络中,从而实现网络智能化。In wireless communication networks, such as mobile communication networks, the services supported by the networks are becoming increasingly diverse, thus requiring increasingly diverse demands. For example, networks need to support ultra-high speeds, ultra-low latency, and/or massive connectivity. This characteristic makes network planning, network configuration, and/or resource scheduling increasingly complex. Furthermore, as network functions become more powerful, such as supporting higher spectrum levels, supporting higher-order multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) technologies, supporting beamforming, and/or supporting beam management, network energy efficiency has become a hot research topic. These new demands, new scenarios, and new characteristics bring unprecedented challenges to network planning, operation, and efficient operation. To meet these challenges, artificial intelligence technology can be introduced into wireless communication networks to achieve network intelligence.

为了在无线网络中支持人工智能(artificialintelligence,AI)技术,网络中还可能引入AI节点(也可以称为AI实体)。To support artificial intelligence (AI) technology in wireless networks, AI nodes (also known as AI entities) may be introduced into the network.

可选地,AI实体可以部署于该通信系统中的如下位置中的一项或多项:接入网络设备、终端设备、或核心网设备等,或者,AI实体也可单独部署,例如,部署于上述任一项设备之外的位置,比如,OTT系统的主机或云端服务器中。AI实体可以与通信系统中的其它设备通信,其它设备例如可以为以下中的一项或多项:网络设备,终端设备,或,核心网的网元等。基于该AI实体所服务的对象,AI实体可以包括网络设备侧的AI实体,终端设备侧的AI实体,或核心网侧的AI实体。Optionally, the AI entity can be deployed in one or more of the following locations within the communication system: access network devices, terminal devices, or core network devices, or the AI entity can be deployed independently, for example, in a location other than any of the aforementioned devices, such as the host or cloud server of an OTT system. The AI entity can communicate with other devices in the communication system, which can be one or more of the following: network devices, terminal devices, or network elements of the core network. Based on the object served by the AI entity, the AI entity can include an AI entity on the network device side, an AI entity on the terminal device side, or an AI entity on the core network side.

可以理解,本申请对于AI实体的数量不予限制。例如,当有多个AI实体时,多个AI实体可以基于功能进行划分,如不同的AI实体负责不同的功能。It is understood that this application does not limit the number of AI entities. For example, when there are multiple AI entities, they can be divided based on function, such as different AI entities being responsible for different functions.

还可以理解,AI实体可以是各自独立的设备,也可以集成于同一设备中实现不同的功能,或者可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,本申请对于上述AI实体的具体形态不作限定。It can also be understood that AI entities can be independent devices, or they can be integrated into the same device to achieve different functions. Alternatively, they can be network components in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (e.g., a cloud platform). This application does not limit the specific form of the aforementioned AI entities.

AI实体可以为AI网元或AI模块。AI实体用以实现相应的AI功能。不同网元中部署的AI模块可以相同或不同。AI实体中的AI模型根据不同的参数配置,AI实体可以实现不同的功能。AI实体中的AI模型可以是基于以下一项或多项参数配置的:结构参数(例如神经网络层数、神经网络宽度、层间的连接关系、神经元的权值、神经元的激活函数、或激活函数中的偏置中的至少一项)、输入参数(例如输入参数的类型和/或输入参数的维度)、或输出参数(例如输出参数的类型和/或输出参数的维度)。其中,激活函数中的偏置还可以称为神经网络的偏置。AI entities can be AI network elements or AI modules. AI entities are used to implement corresponding AI functions. AI modules deployed in different network elements can be the same or different. Depending on the different parameter configurations, the AI model within an AI entity can achieve different functions. The AI model within an AI entity can be configured based on one or more of the following parameters: structural parameters (e.g., at least one of the following: number of neural network layers, neural network width, inter-layer connections, neuron weights, neuron activation function, or biases in the activation function), input parameters (e.g., the type and/or dimension of the input parameters), or output parameters (e.g., the type and/or dimension of the output parameters). The biases in the activation function can also be referred to as the biases of the neural network.

一个AI实体可以具有一个或多个模型。一个模型可以推理得到一个输出,该输出包括一个参数或者多个参数。不同模型的学习过程、训练过程、或推理过程可以部署在不同的实体或设备中,或者可以部署在相同的实体或设备中。An AI entity can have one or more models. A model can infer an output that includes one or more parameters. The learning, training, or inference processes of different models can be deployed on different entities or devices, or they can be deployed on the same entity or device.

图1是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的一种通信系统的示意图。如图1所示,通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备110;通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备120和终端设备130。网络设备110与终端设备(如终端设备120和终端设备130)可通过无线链路通信。该通信系统中的各通信设备之间,例如,网络设备110与终端设备120之间,可通过多天线技术通信。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the communication method of this application embodiment. As shown in Figure 1, the communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as network device 110 shown in Figure 1; the communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as terminal device 120 and terminal device 130 shown in Figure 1. Network device 110 and terminal devices (such as terminal device 120 and terminal device 130) can communicate via a wireless link. The communication devices in this communication system, for example, network device 110 and terminal device 120, can communicate via multi-antenna technology.

图2是适用于本申请实施例的通信方法的另一种通信系统的示意图。相较于图1所示的通信系统100而言,图2所示的通信系统200还包括AI网元140。AI网元140用于执行AI相关的操作,例如,构建训练数据集或训练AI模型等。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to the communication method of this application embodiment. Compared with the communication system 100 shown in Figure 1, the communication system 200 shown in Figure 2 further includes an AI network element 140. The AI network element 140 is used to perform AI-related operations, such as building training datasets or training AI models.

在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备110可以将与AI模型的训练相关的数据发送给AI网元140,由AI网元140构建训练数据集,并训练AI模型。例如,与AI模型的训练相关的数据可以包括终端设备上报的数据。AI网元140可以将AI模型相关的操作的结果发送至网络设备110,并通过网络设备110转发至终端设备。例如,AI模型相关的操作的结果可以包括以下至少一项:已完成训练的AI模型、模型的评估结果或测试结果等。示例性地,已完成训练的AI模型的一部分可以部署于网络设备110上,另一部分部署于终端设备上。可替换地,已完成训练的AI模型可以部署于网络设备110上。或者,已完成训练的AI模型可以部署于终端设备上。In one possible implementation, network device 110 can send data related to the training of the AI model to AI network element 140, which then constructs a training dataset and trains the AI model. For example, the data related to the training of the AI model may include data reported by the terminal device. AI network element 140 can send the results of operations related to the AI model to network device 110, which then forwards them to the terminal device. For example, the results of operations related to the AI model may include at least one of the following: a trained AI model, model evaluation results, or test results. Exemplarily, a portion of the trained AI model may be deployed on network device 110, and another portion on the terminal device. Alternatively, the trained AI model may be deployed on network device 110. Or, the trained AI model may be deployed on the terminal device.

应理解,图2仅以AI网元140与网络设备110直接相连为例进行说明,在其他场景中,AI网元140也可以与终端设备相连。或者,AI网元140可以同时与网络设备110和终端设备相连。或者,AI网元140还可以通过第三方网元与网络设备110相连。本申请实施例对AI网元与其他网元的连接关系不做限定。It should be understood that Figure 2 is only used as an example of the AI network element 140 being directly connected to the network device 110. In other scenarios, the AI network element 140 can also be connected to a terminal device. Alternatively, the AI network element 140 can be connected to both the network device 110 and a terminal device simultaneously. Alternatively, the AI network element 140 can also be connected to the network device 110 through a third-party network element. This application embodiment does not limit the connection relationship between the AI network element and other network elements.

AI网元140也可以作为一个模块设置于网络设备和/或终端设备中,例如,设置于图1所示的网络设备110或终端设备中。网络设备110中可以部署一个或多个AI模块。终端设备中可以部署一个或多个AI模块。The AI network element 140 can also be configured as a module in network devices and/or terminal devices, for example, in network device 110 or terminal device as shown in Figure 1. One or more AI modules can be deployed in network device 110. One or more AI modules can be deployed in terminal device.

需要说明的是,图1和图2仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,例如,通信系统中还可以包括其它设备,如还可以包括无线中继设备和/或无线回传设备等,图1和图2中未予以画出。在实际应用中,该通信系统可以包括多个网络设备,也可以包括多个终端设备。本申请实施例对通信系统中包括的网络设备和终端设备的数量不做限定。It should be noted that Figures 1 and 2 are simplified schematic diagrams for ease of understanding. For example, the communication system may also include other devices, such as wireless relay devices and/or wireless backhaul devices, which are not shown in Figures 1 and 2. In practical applications, the communication system may include multiple network devices or multiple terminal devices. The embodiments of this application do not limit the number of network devices and terminal devices included in the communication system.

图3为本申请实施例的一种通信系统的可能的应用框架的示意图。如图3所示,通信系统中网元之间通过接口(例如NG,Xn),或空口相连。这些网元节点,例如核心网设备、接入网节点(RAN节点)、终端设备或操作维护管理(operation administration and maintenance,OAM)中的一个或多个设备中设置有一个或多个AI模块(为清楚起见,图3中仅示出1个)。接入网节点可以作为单独的RAN节点,也可以包括多个RAN节点,例如,包括CU和DU。CU和/或DU也可以设置一个或多个AI模块。可选的,CU还可以被拆分为CU-CP和CU-UP。CU-CP和/或CU-UP中设置有一个或多个AI模型。示例性地,CU和DU之间通过F1接口相连。CU和CU之间通过Xn接口相连。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of a possible application framework of a communication system according to an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 3, network elements in the communication system are connected through interfaces (e.g., NG, Xn) or air interfaces. These network element nodes, such as core network equipment, access network nodes (RAN nodes), terminal equipment, or one or more devices in operation administration and maintenance (OAM), are equipped with one or more AI modules (only one is shown in Figure 3 for clarity). The access network node can be a single RAN node or can include multiple RAN nodes, for example, including CU and DU. CU and/or DU can also be equipped with one or more AI modules. Optionally, CU can also be split into CU-CP and CU-UP. One or more AI models are provided in CU-CP and/or CU-UP. Exemplarily, CU and DU are connected through an F1 interface. CU and CU are connected through an Xn interface.

网络设备可以为设置有一个或多个AI模块的网络设备。网络设备可以为图3所示的核心网设备、接入网节点(RAN节点)或OAM中的一个或多个设备。比如,AI模块可以为图4所示的RIC,如近实时RIC或非实时RIC等。例如,近实时RIC设置在RAN节点中(例如,CU、DU中),而非实时RIC设置在OAM中、云服务器中、核心网设备、或者其他网络设备中。RIC可以通过从RAN节点(例如CU、CU-CP、CU-UP、DU和/或RU)获得来自多个终端设备的子集,重组为训练数据集#2,并基于训练数据集#2进行训练。示例性地,近实时RIC,非实时RIC也可以分别作为一个网元单独设置,网络设备可以为近实时RIC或非实时RIC。The network device can be a network device equipped with one or more AI modules. The network device can be one or more devices in the core network, access network (RAN) node, or OAM as shown in Figure 3. For example, the AI module can be the RIC shown in Figure 4, such as a near real-time RIC or a non-real-time RIC. For example, the near real-time RIC is set in the RAN node (e.g., in CU, DU), while the non-real-time RIC is set in the OAM, cloud server, core network device, or other network device. The RIC can obtain subsets from multiple terminal devices from the RAN node (e.g., CU, CU-CP, CU-UP, DU, and/or RU), reassemble them into a training dataset #2, and train based on the training dataset #2. Exemplarily, the near real-time RIC and the non-real-time RIC can also be set up separately as a network element; the network device can be a near real-time RIC or a non-real-time RIC.

图4为通信系统中的一种可能的应用框架示意图。如图4所示,通信系统中包括RAN智能控制器(RAN intelligent controller,RIC)。例如,RIC可以是图3中示出的AI模块,用于实现AI相关的功能。RIC包括近实时RIC(near-real time RIC,near-RT RIC)和非实时RIC(non-real time RIC,Non-RT RIC)。其中,非实时RIC主要处理非实时的信息,比如,对时延不敏感的数据,该数据的时延可以为秒级。实时RIC主要处理近实时的信息,比如,对时延相对敏感的数据,该数据的时延为数十毫秒级。Figure 4 illustrates a possible application framework in a communication system. As shown in Figure 4, the communication system includes a RAN intelligent controller (RIC). For example, the RIC can be the AI module shown in Figure 3, used to implement AI-related functions. RICs include near-real-time RICs (near-RT RICs) and non-real-time RICs (non-RT RICs). Non-real-time RICs primarily process non-real-time information, such as data that is not sensitive to latency, with latency in the order of seconds. Real-time RICs primarily process near-real-time information, such as data that is relatively sensitive to latency, with latency in the order of tens of milliseconds.

近实时RIC用于进行模型训练和推理。例如,用于训练AI模型,利用该AI模型进行推理。近实时RIC可以从RAN节点(例如CU、CU-CP、CU-UP、DU和/或RU)和/或终端获得网络侧和/或终端侧的信息。该信息可以作为训练数据或者推理数据。可选的,近实时RIC可以将推理结果递交给RAN节点和/或终端。可选的,CU和DU之间,和/或DU和RU之间可以交互推理结果。例如近实时RIC将推理结果递交给DU,DU将其发给RU。Near real-time (NRT) RICs are used for model training and inference. For example, they are used to train AI models and then use those models for inference. NRT RICs can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from RAN nodes (e.g., CUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, DUs, and/or RUs) and/or terminals. This information can be used as training data or inference data. Optionally, the NRT RIC can deliver inference results to RAN nodes and/or terminals. Optionally, inference results can be exchanged between CUs and DUs, and/or between DUs and RUs. For example, the NRT RIC delivers inference results to a DU, which then forwards them to an RU.

非实时RIC也用于进行模型训练和推理。例如,用于训练AI模型,利用该模型进行推理。非实时RIC可以从RAN节点(例如CU、CU-CP、CU-UP、DU和/或RU)和/或终端获得网络侧和/或终端侧的信息。该信息可以作为训练数据或者推理数据,推理结果可以被递交给RAN节点和/或终端。可选的,CU和DU之间,和/或DU和RU之间可以交互推理结果,例如非实时RIC将推理结果递交给DU,由DU将其发给RU。Non-real-time RICs are also used for model training and inference. For example, they can be used to train AI models and then use those models for inference. Non-real-time RICs can obtain network-side and/or terminal-side information from RAN nodes (e.g., CUs, CU-CPs, CU-UPs, DUs, and/or RUs) and/or terminals. This information can be used as training data or inference data, and the inference results can be delivered to RAN nodes and/or terminals. Optionally, inference results can be exchanged between CUs and DUs, and/or between DUs and RUs; for example, a non-real-time RIC delivers inference results to a DU, which then forwards them to an RU.

近实时RIC,非实时RIC也可以分别作为一个网元单独设置。可选的,近实时RIC、非实时RIC也可以作为其他设备的一部分,例如,近实时RIC设置在RAN节点中(例如,CU,DU中),而非实时RIC设置在OAM中、云服务器中、核心网设备、或者其他网络设备中。Near real-time RICs and non-real-time RICs can also be configured as separate network elements. Optionally, near real-time RICs and non-real-time RICs can also be part of other devices. For example, near real-time RICs can be set in RAN nodes (e.g., CU, DU), while non-real-time RICs can be set in OAM, cloud servers, core network devices, or other network devices.

为了便于理解本申请实施例的方案,下面对本申请实施例可能涉及的术语进行解释。To facilitate understanding of the solutions in the embodiments of this application, the terms that may be involved in the embodiments of this application are explained below.

(1)神经网络(neural network,NN):(1) Neural network (NN):

神经网络是AI或机器学习(machine learning,ML)的一种具体实现形式。根据通用近似定理,神经网络理论上可以逼近任意连续函数,从而使得神经网络具备学习任意映射的能力。Neural networks are a specific implementation of AI or machine learning (ML). According to the general approximation theorem, neural networks can theoretically approximate any continuous function, thus enabling them to learn arbitrary mappings.

以AI模型的类型为神经网络为例,本公开涉及的AI模型可以为深度神经网络(deep neural network,DNN)。传统通信系统需要借助丰富的专家知识来设计通信模块,而基于深度神经网络(deepneuralnetwork,DNN)的深度学习通信系统可以从大量的数据集中自动发现隐含的模式结构,建立数据之间的映射关系,获得优于传统建模方法的性能。Taking neural networks as an example, the AI model disclosed herein can be a deep neural network (DNN). Traditional communication systems require extensive expert knowledge to design communication modules, while deep learning communication systems based on deep neural networks (DNN) can automatically discover hidden pattern structures from large datasets, establish mapping relationships between data, and achieve performance superior to traditional modeling methods.

神经网络可以是由神经元组成的,每个神经元都对其输入值做加权求和运算,并加权求和结果通过一个非线性函数产生输出。DNN一般具有多层结构,DNN的每一层都可包含多个神经元,输入层将接收到的数值经过神经元处理后,传递给中间的隐藏层。类似的,隐藏层再将计算结果传递给最后的输出层,产生DNN的最后输出。A neural network can be composed of neurons, each of which performs a weighted summation of its input values, and the result is then passed through a non-linear function to produce the output. DNNs typically have a multi-layered structure, with each layer containing multiple neurons. The input layer processes the received values through neurons and then passes them to the hidden layers. Similarly, the hidden layers then pass the calculation results to the final output layer, producing the final output of the DNN.

DNN一般具有多于一个的隐藏层,隐藏层往往直接影响提取信息和拟合函数的能力。增加DNN的隐藏层数或扩大每一层的宽度都可以提高DNN的函数拟合能力。每个神经元中加权值即为DNN网络模型的参数。模型参数通过训练过程得到优化,从而使得DNN网络具备提取数据特征、表达映射关系的能力。DNN一般使用监督学习或非监督学习策略来优化模型参数。DNNs typically have more than one hidden layer, and these hidden layers often directly affect the ability to extract information and fit functions. Increasing the number of hidden layers or widening the width of each layer can improve the function fitting ability of a DNN. The weights in each neuron are the parameters of the DNN network model. The model parameters are optimized through the training process, enabling the DNN network to extract data features and express mapping relationships. DNNs generally use supervised or unsupervised learning strategies to optimize model parameters.

根据网络的构建方式,DNN可以包括前馈神经网络(feedforward neural network,FNN)、卷积神经网络(convolutional neural networks,CNN)和递归神经网络(recurrent neural network,RNN)等。Depending on how the network is constructed, DNNs can include feedforward neural networks (FNNs), convolutional neural networks (CNNs), and recurrent neural networks (RNNs), etc.

CNN是一种专门来处理具有类似网格结构的数据的神经网络。例如,时间序列数据(时间轴离散采样)和图像数据(二维离散采样)都可以认为是类似网格结构的数据。CNN并不一次性利用全部的输入信息做运算,而是采用一个固定大小的窗截取部分信息做卷积运算,这就大大降低了模型参数的计算量。另外根据窗截取的信息类型的不同(如同一副图中的人和物为不同类型信息),每个窗可以采用不同的卷积核运算,这使得CNN能更好的提取输入数据的特征。CNNs are neural networks specifically designed to process data with a grid-like structure. For example, time-series data (discrete sampling along the time axis) and image data (two-dimensional discrete sampling) can both be considered grid-like data. CNNs do not use all the input information at once for computation; instead, they use a fixed-size window to extract a portion of the information for convolution operations, which significantly reduces the computational cost of model parameters. Furthermore, depending on the type of information extracted by the window (such as people and objects in an image representing different types of information), each window can use different convolution kernels, allowing CNNs to better extract features from the input data.

RNN是一类利用反馈时间序列信息的DNN网络。它的输入包括当前时刻的新的输入值和自身在前一时刻的输出值。RNN适合获取在时间上具有相关性的序列特征,特别适用于语音识别、信道编译码等应用。Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) are a type of distributed neural network (DNN) that utilizes feedback time-series information. Their input includes the current input value and their own output value from the previous time step. RNNs are well-suited for acquiring temporally correlated sequence features, and are particularly applicable to applications such as speech recognition and channel coding/decoding.

FNN网络的特点为相邻层的神经元之间两两完全相连,这使得FNN通常需要大量的存储空间、导致较高的计算复杂度。The characteristic of FNN networks is that neurons in adjacent layers are completely connected to each other, which makes FNNs typically require a large amount of storage space and result in high computational complexity.

上述FNN、CNN、RNN为都是以神经元为基础而构造的。如前所述,每个神经元都对其输入值做加权求和运算,并加权求和结果通过一个非线性函数产生输出。神经网络中神经元加权求和运算的权值以及非线性函数称作神经网络的参数。一个神经网络所有神经元的参数构成这个神经网络的参数。The FNN, CNN, and RNN mentioned above are all constructed based on neurons. As mentioned earlier, each neuron performs a weighted summation operation on its input values, and the result of the weighted summation is used to generate the output through a nonlinear function. The weights of the weighted summation operation of neurons in a neural network and the nonlinear function are called the parameters of the neural network. The parameters of all neurons in a neural network constitute the parameters of that neural network.

(2)双端(two-side)模型:(2) Two-side model:

双端模型也可以称为双边模型、协作模型或对偶模型等。双端模型指的是由多个子模型组合在一起构成的一个模型。构成该模型的多个子模型需要相互匹配。该多个子模型可以部署于不同的节点中。A two-sided model, also known as a bilateral model, collaborative model, or dual model, refers to a model composed of multiple sub-models. These sub-models need to be mutually compatible and can be deployed on different nodes.

以CSI反馈流程中的用于压缩信道信息的编码器和用于恢复信道信息的解码器为例,编码器与解码器匹配使用,可以理解编码器和解码器为配套的AI模型。一个编码器可以包括一个或多个AI模型,该编码器匹配的解码器中也包括一个或多个AI模型,匹配使用的编码器和解码器中包括的AI模型数量相同且一一对应。编码器还可以包括量化模块,该量化模块可以用于对编码器中的AI模型的输出进行量化处理。解码器可以包括反量化模块,该反量化模块可以用于对接收到的信道信息的反馈信息进行反量化处理,以得到解码器中的AI模型的输入。反量化处理也可以称为解量化处理。Taking the encoder used to compress channel information and the decoder used to recover channel information in the CSI feedback process as an example, the encoder and decoder are used in pairs, which can be understood as complementary AI models. An encoder may include one or more AI models, and the decoder matched with the encoder also includes one or more AI models. The number of AI models included in the encoder and decoder used in the matching process is the same and corresponds one-to-one. The encoder may also include a quantization module, which can be used to quantize the output of the AI model in the encoder. The decoder may include an inverse quantization module, which can be used to inverse quantize the feedback information of the received channel information to obtain the input of the AI model in the decoder. Inverse quantization processing can also be called dequantization processing.

一种可能的设计中,一套匹配使用的编码器(encoder)和解码器(decoder)可以为同一个自编码器(auto-encoders,AE)中的两个部分。编码器和解码器分别部署于不同的节点的AE模型是一种典型的双边模型。AE模型的编码器和解码器通常是共同训练的编码器与解码器匹配使用。自编码器是一种无监督学习的神经网络,它的特点是将输入数据作为标签数据,因此自编码器也可以理解为自监督学习的神经网络。自编码器可以用于数据的压缩和恢复。示例性地,自编码器中的编码器可以对数据A进行压缩(编码)处理,得到数据B;自编码器中的解码器可以对数据B进行解压缩(解码)处理,恢复出数据A。或者可以理解为,解码器是编码器的逆操作。In one possible design, a set of matched encoders and decoders can be two parts of the same autoencoder (AE). An AE model where the encoder and decoder are deployed on different nodes is a typical bilateral model. In other AE models, the encoder and decoder are usually co-trained and used in combination. An autoencoder is an unsupervised learning neural network that uses input data as labeled data; therefore, it can also be understood as a self-supervised learning neural network. Autoencoders can be used for data compression and reconstruction. For example, the encoder in an autoencoder can compress (encode) data A to obtain data B; the decoder in the autoencoder can decompress (decode) data B to recover data A. Alternatively, the decoder can be understood as the inverse operation of the encoder.

本申请实施例中的AI模型可以包括部署于终端设备侧的编码器和部署于网络设备侧的解码器,或者,部署于终端设备侧的编码器和部署于另一终端设备侧的解码器,或者,部署于网络设备侧的编码器和部署于另一网络设备侧的解码器。The AI model in this application embodiment may include an encoder deployed on the terminal device side and a decoder deployed on the network device side, or an encoder deployed on the terminal device side and a decoder deployed on another terminal device side, or an encoder deployed on the network device side and a decoder deployed on another network device side.

随着AI技术的发展,AI模型在通信系统的应用不断扩展。以AI模型用于信道信息的压缩反馈为例,UE根据参考信号得到下行信道信息,将下行信道信息作为UE侧编码器模型的输入,得到信道信息的反馈量。UE将信道信息的反馈量反馈给基站,基站将反馈量输入基站侧解码器模型恢复出下行信道信息。With the development of AI technology, the application of AI models in communication systems is constantly expanding. Taking the use of AI models for compressed feedback of channel information as an example, the UE obtains downlink channel information based on the reference signal, uses the downlink channel information as input to the UE-side encoder model, and obtains the feedback quantity of the channel information. The UE feeds back the feedback quantity of the channel information to the base station, and the base station inputs the feedback quantity into the base station-side decoder model to recover the downlink channel information.

通过训练AI模型,可以使得AI模型能够完成预期的通信功能。一种使得模型能够完成预期的通信功能的方法为,确定模型的训练数据集,以训练模型实现预期功能与完成功能匹配。By training an AI model, it can be enabled to perform the expected communication functions. One method to enable the model to perform the expected communication functions is to determine the training dataset for the model and train it to match the expected functions with the actual functions performed.

AI模型在实际使用中的性能可能并不稳定。例如,AI模型的使用环境的变化可能会影响AI模型的性能。在AI模型的使用过程中,可以对AI模型进行监控,根据监控结果来调整AI模型,以保证网络的性能。然而,不同的模型的性能或模型的泛化性等指标存在差异,模型的监控过程可能与模型的性能不匹配,导致监控结果失效。The performance of AI models in real-world applications may be unstable. For example, changes in the environment in which an AI model is used can affect its performance. During the use of an AI model, it can be monitored, and the model adjusted based on the monitoring results to ensure network performance. However, different models exhibit variations in performance or generalization metrics, and the monitoring process may be mismatched with the model's performance, leading to ineffective monitoring results.

有鉴于此,本申请提供一种通信的方法和通信装置,为不同的模型采用合适的监控参数进行模型监控,有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。示例性地,对于不同性能和/或不同泛化性的模型,可以采用与其性能和/或泛化性匹配的监控参数进行模型监控,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In view of this, this application provides a communication method and communication device that uses appropriate monitoring parameters for different models to perform model monitoring, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring. For example, for models with different performance and/or different generalization abilities, monitoring parameters that match their performance and/or generalization ability can be used for model monitoring, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

应理解,本申请中,指示包括直接指示(也称为显式指示)和隐式指示。其中,直接指示信息A,是指包括该信息A;隐式指示信息A,是指通过信息A和信息B的对应关系以及直接指示信息B,来指示信息A。其中,信息A和信息B的对应关系可以是预定义的,预存储的,预烧制的,或者,预先配置的。It should be understood that in this application, the indication includes direct indication (also known as explicit indication) and implicit indication. Direct indication information A refers to information A being included; implicit indication information A refers to information A being indicated through the correspondence between information A and information B, and through direct indication information B. The correspondence between information A and information B can be predefined, pre-stored, pre-burned, or pre-configured.

应理解,本申请中,信息C用于信息D的确定,既包括信息D仅基于信息C来确定,也包括基于信息C和其他信息来确定。此外,信息C用于信息D的确定,还可以间接确定的情况,比如,信息D基于信息E确定,而信息E基于信息C确定这种情况。It should be understood that in this application, information C is used to determine information D, including both situations where information D is determined solely based on information C and situations where it is determined based on information C and other information. Furthermore, information C can also be used to determine information D indirectly, for example, where information D is determined based on information E, and information E is determined based on information C.

此外,本申请各实施例中的“网元A向网元B发送信息A”,可以理解为该信息A的目的端或与目的端之间的传输路径中的中间网元是网元B,可以包括直接或间接的向网元B发送信息。“网元B从网元A接收信息A”,可以理解为该信息A的源端或与该源端之间的传输路径中的中间网元是网元A,可以包括直接或间接的从网元A接收信息。信息在信息发送的源端和目的端之间可能会被进行必要的处理,例如格式变化等,但目的端可以理解来自源端的有效信息。本申请中类似的表述可以做类似的理解,在此不予赘述。Furthermore, in the embodiments of this application, "network element A sends information A to network element B" can be understood as network element B being the destination of information A or an intermediate network element in the transmission path between the destination and network element B, which may include sending information directly or indirectly to network element B. "Network element B receives information A from network element A" can be understood as network element A being the source of information A or an intermediate network element in the transmission path between the source and network element A, which may include receiving information directly or indirectly from network element A. Information may undergo necessary processing between the source and destination, such as format changes, but the destination can understand the valid information from the source. Similar expressions in this application can be understood in a similar way and will not be elaborated further here.

图5是本申请提供的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。Figure 5 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided in this application.

如图5所示,方法500可以包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 5, method 500 may include the following steps.

510,第一设备获取第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息或第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。510, the first device acquires one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset.

520,第一设备根据第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息或第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项确定第一监控方式。520. The first device determines the first monitoring method based on one or more of the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, or the relevant information of the first dataset.

第一数据集用于第一模型的训练。The first dataset is used to train the first model.

第一监控方式可以用于第一模型的模型监控。第一监控方式即为第一模型的监控方式。The first monitoring method can be used for monitoring the first model. The first monitoring method is the monitoring method for the first model.

第一模型的模型监控也可以替换为第一模型的性能监控。The model monitoring of the first model can also be replaced with the performance monitoring of the first model.

第一模型可以为AI模型,也可以为非AI模型。The first model can be either an AI model or a non-AI model.

第一模型可以为单边模型,也可以为双边模型,或者,也可以为双边模型中的子模型。The first model can be a one-sided model, a two-sided model, or a sub-model within a two-sided model.

例如,第一模型可以为双边模型,包括第一子模型和第二子模型,在该情况下,对第一模型进行模型监控可以包括:对第一子模型和/或第二子模型进行模型监控。以第一子模型和第二子模型分别部署于第一设备和第二设备为例,第一设备对第一模型进行监控可以包括,第一设备对第一子模型进行监控,或者,第一设备和第二设备共同对第一子模型和第二子模型进行监控。第二设备对第一模型进行监控可以包括,第二设备对第二子模型进行监控,或者,第一设备和第二设备共同对第一子模型和第二子模型进行监控。For example, the first model can be a two-sided model, including a first sub-model and a second sub-model. In this case, monitoring the first model can include monitoring the first sub-model and/or the second sub-model. Taking the first sub-model and the second sub-model as deployed on a first device and a second device respectively, monitoring the first model by the first device can include monitoring the first sub-model, or monitoring both the first and second devices together. Monitoring the first model by the second device can include monitoring the second sub-model, or monitoring both the first and second devices together.

为了便于描述,本申请实施例中主要以AI模型为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。For ease of description, the embodiments of this application mainly use AI models as examples for illustration, and do not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of this application.

可选地,第一设备还可以获取第一模型的类别。在该情况下,第一设备还可以根据第一模型的类别确定第一监控方式。Optionally, the first device can also acquire the category of the first model. In this case, the first device can also determine the first monitoring method based on the category of the first model.

模型的类别也可以称为模型的类型。The category of a model can also be called the type of a model.

可选地,方法500还可以包括步骤530。Optionally, method 500 may also include step 530.

530,第一设备向第二设备发送第二信息。第二信息用于指示第一监控方式。530, the first device sends second information to the second device. The second information is used to indicate the first monitoring method.

可选地,方法500还可以包括步骤540。Optionally, method 500 may also include step 540.

540,第二设备向第一设备发送第三信息。第三信息用于指示对第一模型进行模型监控。540, the second device sends a third message to the first device. The third message is used to instruct the first model to be monitored.

在本申请实施例中,设备A向设备B发送信息,可以是设备A直接向设备B发送信息,也可以是由设备A通过其他设备的转发向设备B发送信息。设备A接收来自设备B的信息,可以是设备A直接从设备B接收信息,也可以是由设备A通过其他设备的转发接收来自设备B的信息。In this embodiment, device A sends information to device B, either directly or via a forwarding mechanism from another device. Similarly, device A receives information from device B, either directly or via a forwarding mechanism from another device.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的性能信息、模型的泛化性信息或数据集的相关信息能够反映模型的预期性能和/或第一模型的预期泛化能力,这样有利于为模型确定合适的监控方式,即确定与模型的性能和/或泛化性匹配的监控方式,以期实现对不同性能和/或泛化性的模型进行有效监控,从而提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the model's performance information, the model's generalization information, or the relevant information of the dataset can reflect the model's expected performance and/or the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial for determining a suitable monitoring method for the model, that is, determining a monitoring method that matches the model's performance and/or generalization, so as to achieve effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

在一种可能的实现方式中,第二设备可以为AI实体。第一模型的部分或全部可以部署于第二设备中。例如,第一模型可以为单边模型,该模型可以部署于第二设备中。再如,第一模型可以为双边模型,包括第一子模型和第二子模型,第一子模型和第二子模型分别部署于第二设备和第一设备中,第一子模型可以为编码器或解码器,第二子模型可以为解码器或编码器。In one possible implementation, the second device can be an AI entity. Part or all of the first model can be deployed on the second device. For example, the first model can be a one-sided model, which can be deployed on the second device. Alternatively, the first model can be a two-sided model, including a first sub-model and a second sub-model, with the first and second sub-models deployed on the second and first devices respectively. The first sub-model can be an encoder or decoder, and the second sub-model can be a decoder or encoder.

在该情况下,方法500可以包括步骤530。第一设备在确定第一监控方式后,可以通知第二设备,第二设备可以根据第一设备指示的监控方式对第一模型展开模型监控。In this case, method 500 may include step 530. After determining the first monitoring method, the first device may notify the second device, which can then perform model monitoring on the first model according to the monitoring method indicated by the first device.

作为一种示例,第二设备可以为终端设备侧的AI实体。终端设备侧的设备包括终端设备,或者,其他与终端设备通信的设备,比如,由终端设备控制或服务于终端设备的设备。该AI实体可以为终端设备本身,或者,为与终端设备通信的AI实体。例如,第二设备可以为服务器,比如OTT服务器或云端服务器。As an example, the second device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side. Devices on the terminal device side include the terminal device itself, or other devices that communicate with the terminal device, such as devices controlled by or serving the terminal device. The AI entity can be the terminal device itself, or an AI entity that communicates with the terminal device. For example, the second device can be a server, such as an OTT server or a cloud server.

示例性地,第一设备可以为终端设备侧除了第二设备以外的其他设备。例如,第一设备可以为服务器,第二设备可以为终端设备。For example, the first device can be any device on the terminal device side other than the second device. For instance, the first device can be a server, and the second device can be a terminal device.

可替换地,第一设备可以为网络设备侧的设备。网络设备侧的设备包括网络设备,或者,其他与网络设备通信的设备,比如,由网络设备控制或服务于网络设备的设备。例如,第一设备可以为网络设备侧的AI实体。该AI实体可以为网络设备本身,或者,与网络设备通信的AI实体。例如,第一设备可以为RIC,OAM或服务器,比如,OTT服务器或云端服务器。近实时RIC设置在RAN节点中,例如,CU/DU中。Alternatively, the first device can be a network device-side device. Network device-side devices include network devices themselves, or other devices that communicate with the network device, such as devices controlled by or serving the network device. For example, the first device can be an AI entity on the network device side. This AI entity can be the network device itself, or an AI entity that communicates with the network device. For example, the first device can be a RIC, OAM, or a server, such as an OTT server or a cloud server. Near real-time RICs are set up in RAN nodes, such as in CU/DU.

作为另一种示例,第二设备可以为网络设备侧的AI实体。As another example, the second device can be an AI entity on the network device side.

示例性地,第一设备可以为终端设备侧的设备。例如,第一设备可以为终端设备侧的AI实体。For example, the first device can be a device on the terminal device side. For instance, the first device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以为AI实体,第一模型可以全部部署于第一设备中。例如,第一模型可以为单边模型,该模型可以部署于第一设备中。In another possible implementation, the first device can be an AI entity, and the first model can be entirely deployed on the first device. For example, the first model can be a one-sided model, which can be deployed on the first device.

在该情况下,方法500可以不包括步骤530。第一设备在确定第一模型的监控方式后,可以根据该监控方式对第一模型展开模型监控。In this case, method 500 may not include step 530. After determining the monitoring method for the first model, the first device can perform model monitoring on the first model according to the monitoring method.

第一设备可以自主展开模型监控。或者,方法500可以包括步骤540,第一设备可以根据第二设备发送的第三信息来展开模型监控。The first device can autonomously initiate model monitoring. Alternatively, method 500 may include step 540, in which the first device initiates model monitoring based on third information sent by the second device.

示例性地,第一设备可以为终端设备侧的AI实体。For example, the first device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side.

可替换地,第一设备可以为网络设备侧的AI实体。Alternatively, the first device can be an AI entity on the network device side.

下面对第一监控方式的确定方式进行说明。The method for determining the first monitoring method is explained below.

模型的监控方式可以通过该监控方式下的监控参数来表示。相应地,本申请实施例中的监控方式也可以替换为监控参数。The monitoring method of the model can be represented by the monitoring parameters under that monitoring method. Accordingly, the monitoring method in the embodiments of this application can also be replaced by monitoring parameters.

监控参数可以包括以下至少一个类型:性能指标、性能阈值、监控频率、监控周期、监控持续时长、监控持续次数、监控误差容忍度或切换阈值。示例的,性能阈值为性能指标的阈值。Monitoring parameters can include at least one of the following types: performance metric, performance threshold, monitoring frequency, monitoring cycle, monitoring duration, number of monitoring cycles, monitoring error tolerance, or switching threshold. For example, the performance threshold is a threshold for the performance metric.

可选地,第二信息可以用于指示第一监控方式中的第一监控参数,即第一模型的监控参数。第一监控参数可以包括以下至少一项:第一性能阈值、第一监控频率、第一监控周期、第一监控持续时长、第一监控持续次数、第一监控误差容忍度或第一切换阈值。Optionally, the second information can be used to indicate the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method, i.e., the monitoring parameter of the first model. The first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: a first performance threshold, a first monitoring frequency, a first monitoring period, a first monitoring duration, a first monitoring duration count, a first monitoring error tolerance, or a first switching threshold.

性能阈值用于模型的性能监控,例如,判断模型是否失败或模型的性能是否达标。例如,在模型性能不达标时,可以触发以下任一操作:模型切换、模型微调或累计失败次数等。Performance thresholds are used for model performance monitoring, such as determining whether a model has failed or whether its performance meets the required standards. For example, when model performance fails to meet the standards, any of the following actions can be triggered: model switching, model fine-tuning, or accumulating the number of failures.

模型的性能可以通过一个或多个性能指标来反映。以信道压缩反馈为例,例如,模型的性能可以通过一个性能指标来反映,该性能指标可以为广义余弦相似度的平方(squaredgeneralizedcosinesimilarity,SGCS),再如,模型的性能可以由两个性能指标来反映,性能指标可以包括SGCS和标准化均方误差(normalized mean square error,NMSE)。相应地,模型的性能阈值可以包括该一个或多个性能指标对应的性能阈值。即一个模型的性能阈值可以为一个,也可以为多个。为了描述,本申请实施例中仅以一个性能指标为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。性能指标也可以替换为性能参数。The performance of a model can be reflected by one or more performance metrics. Taking channel compression feedback as an example, the model's performance can be reflected by one performance metric, such as the squared generalized cosine similarity (SGCS). Alternatively, the model's performance can be reflected by two performance metrics, including SGCS and the normalized mean square error (NMSE). Correspondingly, the model's performance threshold can include the performance thresholds corresponding to these one or more performance metrics. That is, a model can have one or more performance thresholds. For descriptive purposes, this application embodiment only uses one performance metric as an example and does not constitute a limitation on the scheme of this application embodiment. Performance metrics can also be replaced by performance parameters.

示例性地,对于一些性能指标,性能指标的值越大,则模型的该性能越好。对于该类型的性能指标,若模型的性能指标的值小于或等于对应的性能阈值,则判断该模型失败。或者,若模型的性能指标的值小于对应的性能阈值,则判断该模型失败。可替换地,对于一些性能指标,性能指标的值越小,则模型的该性能越好。对于该类型的性能指标,若模型的性能指标的值大于或等于对应的性能阈值,则判断该模型失败。或者,若模型的性能指标的值大于对应的性能阈值,则判断该模型失败。为了便于描述,在本申请实施例中仅以性能指标的值越大,模型的性能越好为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。For example, for some performance metrics, the larger the value of the performance metric, the better the model's performance. For this type of performance metric, if the model's performance metric value is less than or equal to the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed. Alternatively, if the model's performance metric value is less than the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed. Alternatively, for some performance metrics, the smaller the value of the performance metric, the better the model's performance. For this type of performance metric, if the model's performance metric value is greater than or equal to the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed. Alternatively, if the model's performance metric value is greater than the corresponding performance threshold, the model is considered to have failed. For ease of description, this application embodiment only uses the example of a larger performance metric value indicating better model performance for illustration, and does not constitute a limitation on the solution of this application embodiment.

利用模型进行推理,并根据推理的结果计算一次性能指标的值,可以视为对模型进行了一次监控。以信道压缩反馈为例,网络设备下发用于监控的参考信号,终端设备根据该参考信号确定信道信息,将该信道信息输入编码器,并根据编码器的输出以及输入至编码器的信道信息计算一次性能指标的值,上述过程可以视为对编码器进行了一次监控。Using a model to perform inference and calculating a performance index value based on the inference results can be considered as monitoring the model. Taking channel compression feedback as an example, the network device sends a reference signal for monitoring, the terminal device determines the channel information based on the reference signal, inputs the channel information into the encoder, and calculates a performance index value based on the encoder's output and the channel information input to the encoder. This process can be considered as monitoring the encoder.

监控频率用于表示对模型进行监控的频率。监控周期即用于表示对模型进行监控的周期。监控周期为T,指的是以T为时间间隔对模型展开模型监控。即每经过时间间隔T,则开始模型的性能监控,例如,判断模型是否失败。T为正数。Monitoring frequency indicates how frequently the model is monitored. Monitoring period indicates the period during which the model is monitored. A monitoring period of T means that model monitoring is performed at time intervals of T. That is, after every time interval T, model performance monitoring begins, for example, to determine whether the model has failed. T is a positive number.

监控持续次数是指重复对模型进行监控的次数,或者说,计算性能指标的值的次数。Monitoring duration refers to the number of times the model is repeatedly monitored, or in other words, the number of times the performance metric value is calculated.

监控持续时长是指持续对模型进行监控的时长。在该时长内可能对模型进行了一次监控,也可能重复对模型进行了多次监控。Monitoring duration refers to the length of time the model is continuously monitored. Within this duration, the model may be monitored once, or it may be monitored repeatedly multiple times.

对模型进行N次监控可以得到N个性能指标的值。N为正整数。By monitoring the model N times, we can obtain N performance index values. N is a positive integer.

监控误差容忍度指的是,允许该N个性能指标的值中低于性能阈值的值的数量,即允许N次监控中模型的性能不达标的次数的数量,也即占比。示例性地,该N个性能指标的值中低于性能阈值的值的数量处于监控误差容忍度的范围内的情况下,可以不对该模型进行处理。例如,监控误差容忍度为3,N为10,即允许10个性能指标的值中低于性能阈值的值的数量为3,若10个性能指标的值中低于性能阈值的值的数量小于或等于3,则不对模型进行处理。Monitoring error tolerance refers to the number of times a model's performance falls below a performance threshold out of N performance metrics that is allowed. In other words, it's the number of times the model's performance fails to meet standards across N monitoring sessions, or the percentage of such instances. For example, if the number of values below the performance threshold among the N performance metrics falls within the monitoring error tolerance range, the model does not need to be processed. For instance, if the monitoring error tolerance is 3 and N is 10, it means that 3 out of 10 performance metrics are allowed to fall below the performance threshold. If the number of values below the performance threshold among the 10 performance metrics is less than or equal to 3, then the model is not processed.

切换阈值指的是决定模型切换的阈值。The switching threshold refers to the threshold that determines the switching of models.

该阈值可以为与性能相关的阈值。This threshold can be a performance-related threshold.

示例性地,在多个性能指标的值的统计值不满足该阈值的情况下,进行模型切换。例如,统计值可以为平均值、最大值或最小值等中的至少一项。For example, model switching is performed when the statistical values of multiple performance metrics do not meet the threshold. For example, the statistical values can be at least one of the average, maximum, or minimum values.

该阈值也可以为与监控次数相关的阈值。This threshold can also be a threshold related to the number of monitoring sessions.

示例性地,在连续n次模型的性能不达标的情况下,进行模型切换,该情况下,n即为切换阈值。n为正整数。For example, if the model fails to meet performance standards for n consecutive times, a model switch is performed. In this case, n is the switch threshold. n is a positive integer.

在第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息、第一数据集的相关信息或第一模型的类别中的多项用于确定第一监控方式中的多个监控参数的情况下,该多项可以分别用于确定多个监控参数中的不同监控参数,或者,该多项也可以用于共同确定该多个监控参数。When multiple factors, such as the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, the relevant information of the first dataset, or the category of the first model, are used to determine multiple monitoring parameters in the first monitoring method, these multiple factors can be used to determine different monitoring parameters among the multiple monitoring parameters, or the multiple factors can be used to jointly determine the multiple monitoring parameters.

例如,第一模型的性能信息可以用于确定第一性能阈值,第一模型的泛化性信息可以用于确定第一监控频率、第一监控持续次数和第一切换阈值。For example, the performance information of the first model can be used to determine the first performance threshold, and the generalization information of the first model can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first monitoring duration, and the first switching threshold.

再如,第一数据集的相关信息可以用于确定第一性能阈值,第一模型的泛化性信息可以用于确定第一监控频率、第一监控持续次数和第一切换阈值。For example, relevant information from the first dataset can be used to determine the first performance threshold, and generalization information from the first model can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first number of monitoring sessions, and the first switching threshold.

再如,第一模型的性能信息可以用于确定第一性能阈值,第一数据集的相关信息可以用于确定第一监控频率、第一监控持续次数和第一切换阈值。For example, the performance information of the first model can be used to determine the first performance threshold, and the relevant information of the first dataset can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first number of monitoring sessions, and the first switching threshold.

再如,第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的类别可以用于确定第一性能阈值,第一模型的泛化性信息和第一模型的类别可以用于确定第一监控频率、第一监控持续次数和第一切换阈值。For example, the performance information and category of the first model can be used to determine the first performance threshold, and the generalization information and category of the first model can be used to determine the first monitoring frequency, the first monitoring duration, and the first switching threshold.

具体描述可以参考后文的示例。For a detailed description, please refer to the examples below.

作为一种可能的实现方式,模型的监控方式与模型的预期性能相关,即可以根据模型的预期性能确定模型的监控方式。As one possible approach, the model monitoring method is related to the model's expected performance; that is, the model monitoring method can be determined based on the model's expected performance.

一个模型的预期性能即该模型在正常工作时预期能够达到的性能。The expected performance of a model is the performance that the model is expected to achieve when it is working normally.

在本申请实施例中,模型的性能信息可以用于反映模型的预期性能,在该情况下,模型的性能信息也可以理解为模型的预期性能信息。根据模型的性能信息确定模型的监控方式,相当于,根据模型的预期性能确定模型的监控方式。In this embodiment, the model's performance information can be used to reflect the model's expected performance. In this case, the model's performance information can also be understood as the model's expected performance information. Determining the model's monitoring method based on its performance information is equivalent to determining the model's monitoring method based on its expected performance.

一个模型的预期性能与用于训练该模型的数据集相关。或者说,一个模型的预期性能是由训练该模型的数据集决定的。以模型的预期功能为信道状态信息(channelstateinformation,CSI)压缩为例,即该模型为CSI压缩模型,数据集用于训练得到CSI压缩模型。该数据集可以包括信道输入、信道输入对应的CSI压缩信息和信道输入对应的重构的信道信息。CSI压缩模型的压缩性能受限于数据集中的信道输入以及信道输入对应的CSI压缩信息。例如,该数据集中的训练样本的数量越多,则由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能可能越好。The expected performance of a model is related to the dataset used to train it. In other words, the expected performance of a model is determined by the dataset used to train it. Taking the expected function of a model as channel state information (CSI) compression as an example, i.e., the model is a CSI compression model, and the dataset is used to train the CSI compression model. This dataset can include the channel input, the corresponding CSI compression information of the channel input, and the reconstructed channel information corresponding to the channel input. The compression performance of the CSI compression model is limited by the channel input in the dataset and the corresponding CSI compression information. For example, the larger the number of training samples in the dataset, the better the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset is likely to be.

相应地,数据集也可以用于反映由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能。根据数据集的相关信息确定模型的监控方式,相当于,根据模型的预期性能确定模型的监控方式。Correspondingly, datasets can also be used to reflect the expected performance of models trained on those datasets. Determining the model monitoring method based on relevant information from the dataset is equivalent to determining the model monitoring method based on its expected performance.

模型的预期性能可以用于确定模型的性能阈值。The expected performance of a model can be used to determine the model's performance threshold.

例如,模型的预期性能和模型的性能阈值可以呈正相关关系。即一个模型的预期性能越好,则该模型的性能阈值越高,一个模型的预期性能越差,则该模型的性能阈值越低。比如,模型A的性能阈值为阈值A,模型B的性能阈值为阈值B,模型A的预期性能高于模型B的预期性能,则阈值A大于阈值B。模型A的预期性能更好,则模型A在实际使用过程中,需要满足一个更高的性能阈值(即阈值A)才认为模型A正常运行,而模型B在实际使用过程中,只需要满足一个更低的性能阈值(即阈值B)即认为模型B正常运行。For example, the expected performance of a model and its performance threshold can be positively correlated. That is, the better the expected performance of a model, the higher its performance threshold; conversely, the worse the expected performance of a model, the lower its performance threshold. For instance, if model A has a performance threshold of threshold A and model B has a performance threshold of threshold B, and model A's expected performance is higher than model B's, then threshold A is greater than threshold B. Since model A has a better expected performance, in actual use, model A needs to meet a higher performance threshold (threshold A) to be considered to be operating normally, while model B only needs to meet a lower performance threshold (threshold B) to be considered to be operating normally.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的性能阈值与模型的预期性能相关,这样有利于保证模型的性能阈值与模型的性能匹配,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the performance threshold of the model is related to the expected performance of the model. This helps to ensure that the performance threshold of the model matches the performance of the model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

作为一种可能的实现方式,模型的监控方式与模型的预期泛化能力相关,即可以根据模型的预期泛化能力确定模型的监控方式。As one possible approach, the model monitoring method is related to the model's expected generalization ability; that is, the model monitoring method can be determined based on the model's expected generalization ability.

一个模型的预期泛化能力即该模型在正常工作时预期能够达到的泛化性。The expected generalization ability of a model is the generalization that the model is expected to achieve when it is working normally.

在本申请实施例中,模型的泛化性信息可以用于反映模型的预期泛化能力,在该情况下,模型的泛化性信息也可以理解为模型的预期泛化能力信息。根据模型的泛化性信息确定模型的监控方式,相当于,根据模型的预期泛化能力确定模型的监控方式。In this embodiment, the model's generalization information can be used to reflect the model's expected generalization ability. In this case, the model's generalization information can also be understood as the model's expected generalization ability information. Determining the model's monitoring method based on its generalization information is equivalent to determining the model's monitoring method based on its expected generalization ability.

一个模型的预期泛化能力与用于训练该模型的数据集相关。或者说,一个模型的预期泛化能力是由训练该模型的数据集决定的。以数据集用于训练得到CSI压缩模型为例。CSI压缩模型的泛化性受限于数据集中的信道输入以及信道输入对应的CSI压缩信息。例如,该数据集中的训练样本越多样化,则由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能可能越好。A model's expected generalization ability is related to the dataset used to train it. In other words, a model's expected generalization ability is determined by the dataset used to train it. Take, for example, a dataset used to train a CSI-compressed model. The generalization ability of a CSI-compressed model is limited by the channel inputs in the dataset and the corresponding CSI compression information. For instance, the more diverse the training samples in the dataset, the better the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset is likely to be.

相应地,数据集也可以用于反映由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力。根据数据集的相关信息确定模型的监控方式,相当于,根据模型的预期泛化能力确定模型的监控方式。Correspondingly, datasets can also be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of models trained on those datasets. Determining the model monitoring method based on relevant information from the dataset is equivalent to determining the model monitoring method based on its expected generalization ability.

模型的预期泛化能力可以用于确定以下至少一项:监控频率、监控周期、监控持续时长、监控持续次数、监控误差容忍度或切换阈值。The model’s expected generalization ability can be used to determine at least one of the following: monitoring frequency, monitoring cycle, monitoring duration, number of monitoring cycles, monitoring error tolerance, or switching threshold.

例如,模型的预期泛化能力和模型的监控频率可以呈负相关关系。即一个模型的预期泛化能力越高,则可以采用更低的监控频率来监控该模型,一个模型的预期泛化能力越低,则采用更高的监控频率来监控该模型。For example, the expected generalization ability of a model and the monitoring frequency of the model can be negatively correlated. That is, the higher the expected generalization ability of a model, the lower the monitoring frequency can be, and the lower the expected generalization ability of a model, the higher the monitoring frequency can be.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的监控频率与模型的预期泛化能力相关,这样有利于保证模型的监控频率与模型的泛化性匹配,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。例如,对于预期泛化能力较高的模型,其适应能力可能更强,在不同的环境中可能均能够表现出较好的性能,可以采用较低的监控频率来监控该类模型,这样有利于提高模型监控的效率,而对于预期泛化能力较低的模型,其适应能力可能较弱,当环境变化时,其性能差异可能较大,可以采用更高的监控频率来监控该类模型,这样有利于保证模型监控的可靠性。In the embodiments of this application, the monitoring frequency of the model is related to the expected generalization ability of the model. This helps to ensure that the monitoring frequency matches the generalization ability of the model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring. For example, for models with high expected generalization ability, their adaptability may be stronger, and they may be able to perform well in different environments. A lower monitoring frequency can be used to monitor such models, which helps to improve the efficiency of model monitoring. Conversely, for models with low expected generalization ability, their adaptability may be weaker, and their performance may vary greatly when the environment changes. A higher monitoring frequency can be used to monitor such models, which helps to ensure the reliability of model monitoring.

例如,模型的预期泛化能力和模型的监控持续次数可以呈负相关关系。即一个模型的预期泛化能力越高,则可以采用更低的监控持续次数来监控该模型,一个模型的预期泛化能力越低,则采用更高的监控持续次数来监控该模型。For example, the expected generalization ability of a model and the number of monitoring sessions can be negatively correlated. That is, the higher the expected generalization ability of a model, the fewer monitoring sessions are needed to monitor the model, and the lower the expected generalization ability of a model, the more monitoring sessions are needed to monitor the model.

例如,模型的预期泛化能力和模型的切换阈值呈正相关关系。即一个模型的预期泛化能力越高,则该模型的切换阈值越高,一个模型的预期泛化能力越低,则该模型的切换阈值越低。For example, there is a positive correlation between a model's expected generalization ability and its switching threshold. That is, the higher a model's expected generalization ability, the higher its switching threshold; conversely, the lower a model's expected generalization ability, the lower its switching threshold.

上述监控参数的具体示例可以参考方案#1和方案#2中的描述。For specific examples of the above monitoring parameters, please refer to the descriptions in Scheme #1 and Scheme #2.

在本申请实施例的方案中,模型的监控方式与模型的预期性能和/或模型的预期泛化能力相关,有利于为不同的性能和/或不同泛化性的模型提供合适的监控方式,使得模型的监控方式与模型的性能和/或泛化性匹配,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the embodiments of this application, the model monitoring method is related to the model's expected performance and/or the model's expected generalization ability. This is beneficial for providing suitable monitoring methods for models with different performance and/or different generalization abilities, so that the model monitoring method matches the model's performance and/or generalization ability, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

模型的性能信息可以通过多种形式表示。The performance information of a model can be represented in various forms.

可选地,第一模型的性能信息可以包括第一模型的预期性能或第一模型的预期性能范围。Optionally, the performance information of the first model may include the expected performance of the first model or the expected performance range of the first model.

可选地,第一模型的性能信息可以包括第一模型的性能档位,第一模型的性能档位与第一模型的预期性能相关。或者说,第一模型的性能档位即为第一模型的预期性能对应的档位。Optionally, the performance information of the first model may include the performance level of the first model, which is related to the expected performance of the first model. In other words, the performance level of the first model is the level corresponding to the expected performance of the first model.

可以将模型的预期性能划分为多个性能档位,模型的性能档位可以用于反映模型的预期性能。不同的性能档位对应于不同的预期性能。例如,性能档位可以由数值表示。性能档位越低,预期性能越好。或者,性能档位越高,预期性能越好,为了便于描述,本申请实施例仅以此为例进行说明。The expected performance of a model can be divided into multiple performance levels, which can be used to reflect the model's expected performance. Different performance levels correspond to different expected performances. For example, performance levels can be represented by numerical values. The lower the performance level, the better the expected performance. Alternatively, the higher the performance level, the better the expected performance. For ease of description, the embodiments in this application are only used as examples.

本申请实施例中,性能档位也可以替换为性能等级或性能级别等。In this embodiment of the application, the performance level can also be replaced with the performance grade or performance level, etc.

模型的泛化性信息可以通过多种形式表示。The generalization information of a model can be represented in various forms.

可选地,第一模型的泛化性信息可以包括第一模型的预期泛化能力或第一模型的预期泛化能力范围。例如,模型的预期泛化能力可以为模型预期适用的场景的数量。再如,模型的预期泛化能力范围可以为模型预期适用的场景的数量的范围。再如,模型的预期泛化能力范围可以包括模型预期适用的场景。Optionally, the generalization information of the first model may include the expected generalization ability of the first model or the range of its expected generalization ability. For example, the expected generalization ability of the model may be the number of scenarios the model is expected to be applicable to. Similarly, the range of the model's expected generalization ability may be the range of the number of scenarios the model is expected to be applicable to. Or, the range of the model's expected generalization ability may include the scenarios the model is expected to be applicable to.

可选地,第一模型的泛化性信息可以包括第一模型的泛化性档位,第一模型的泛化性档位与第一模型的预期泛化能力相关。或者说,第一模型的泛化性档位即为第一模型的预期泛化能力对应的档位。Optionally, the generalization information of the first model may include the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model. In other words, the generalization level of the first model is the level corresponding to the expected generalization ability of the first model.

可以将模型的预期泛化能力划分为多个泛化性档位,模型的泛化性档位可以用于反映模型的预期泛化能力。不同的泛化性档位可以对应于不同的预期泛化能力。例如,泛化性档位可以由数值表示。泛化性档位越低,预期泛化能力越好。或者,泛化性档位越高,预期泛化能力越好,为了便于描述,本申请实施例仅以此为例进行说明。The expected generalization ability of a model can be divided into multiple generalization levels, which can be used to reflect the model's expected generalization ability. Different generalization levels correspond to different expected generalization abilities. For example, generalization levels can be represented numerically. The lower the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. Alternatively, the higher the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. For ease of description, this application's embodiments are only used as examples.

本申请实施例中,泛化性档位也可以替换为泛化性等级或泛化性级别等。In this embodiment, the generalization level can also be replaced with generalization grade or generalization level, etc.

第一数据集的相关信息可以通过多种形式表示。The relevant information in the first dataset can be represented in various forms.

示例性地,第一数据集的相关信息可以用于指示第一数据集。For example, relevant information about the first dataset can be used to indicate the first dataset.

可选地,第一数据集的相关信息可以包括第一数据集的标识(identify,ID)。第一数据集的标识也可以替换为第一数据集的索引。Optionally, the relevant information for the first dataset may include the identifier (ID) of the first dataset. The identifier of the first dataset may also be replaced with the index of the first dataset.

或者,数据集的相关信息也可以包括其他内容,只要能区别出不同的数据集即可。例如,第一数据集的相关信息可以包括以下任一项或多项:第一数据集中的训练样本的数量、第一数据集中的训练样本的数据格式或第一数据集的提供方的标识等。Alternatively, the relevant information for a dataset can include other content, as long as it distinguishes different datasets. For example, the relevant information for the first dataset can include any one or more of the following: the number of training samples in the first dataset, the data format of the training samples in the first dataset, or the identifier of the provider of the first dataset, etc.

可选地,第一数据集的相关信息可以包括第一数据集对应的性能信息。Optionally, the relevant information for the first dataset may include the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.

一个数据集对应的性能信息可以理解为由该数据集训练得到的模型的性能信息,可以用于反映由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能。例如,第一数据集用于第一模型的训练,则第一数据集对应的性能信息可以用于反映第一模型的预期性能。The performance information corresponding to a dataset can be understood as the performance information of the model trained on that dataset, and can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset. For example, if the first dataset is used to train the first model, then the performance information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the first model.

可选地,第一数据集对应的性能信息可以包括第一数据集对应的预期性能或预期性能范围。Optionally, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset may include the expected performance or expected performance range corresponding to the first dataset.

一个数据集对应的预期性能或预期性能范围可以理解为由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能或预期性能范围。The expected performance or expected performance range of a dataset can be understood as the expected performance or expected performance range of the model trained on that dataset.

可选地,第一数据集对应的性能信息可以包括第一数据集对应的性能档位,第一数据集对应的性能档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能相关。或者说,第一数据集对应的性能档位即为由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能对应的档位。Optionally, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset may include the performance level corresponding to the first dataset, which is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset. In other words, the performance level corresponding to the first dataset is the same as the expected performance level of the model trained on the first dataset.

可以将模型的预期性能划分为多个性能档位,数据集对应的性能档位可以用于反映由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能。不同的性能档位对应于不同的预期性能。例如,性能档位可以由数值表示。性能档位越低,预期性能越好。或者,性能档位越高,预期性能越好,为了便于描述,本申请实施例仅以此为例进行说明。The expected performance of a model can be divided into multiple performance levels. The performance level corresponding to a dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained on that dataset. Different performance levels correspond to different expected performances. For example, performance levels can be represented numerically. The lower the performance level, the better the expected performance. Alternatively, the higher the performance level, the better the expected performance. For ease of description, this application's embodiment is only used as an example for illustration.

可选地,第一数据集的相关信息可以包括第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。Optionally, the relevant information of the first dataset may include generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

一个数据集对应的泛化性信息可以理解为由该数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性信息,可以用于反映由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力。例如,第一数据集用于第一模型的训练,则第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以用于反映第一模型的预期泛化能力。The generalization information corresponding to a dataset can be understood as the generalization information of the model trained on that dataset, and can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained on that dataset. For example, if the first dataset is used to train the first model, then the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the first model.

可选地,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以包括第一数据集对应的预期泛化能力或预期泛化能力范围。Optionally, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset may include the expected generalization ability or the expected generalization ability range corresponding to the first dataset.

一个数据集对应的预期泛化能力或预期泛化能力范围可以理解为由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力或预期泛化能力范围。The expected generalization ability or expected generalization range of a dataset can be understood as the expected generalization ability or expected generalization range of the model trained on that dataset.

可选地,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以包括第一数据集对应的泛化性档位,第一数据集对应的泛化性档位与由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力相关。或者说,第一数据集对应的泛化性档位即为由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力对应的档位。Optionally, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset may include the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. In other words, the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset is the level corresponding to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset.

可以将模型的预期泛化能力划分为多个泛化性档位,数据集对应的泛化性档位可以用于反映由该训练数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力。不同的泛化性档位可以对应于不同的预期泛化能力。例如,泛化性档位可以由数值表示。泛化性档位越低,预期泛化能力越好。或者,泛化性档位越高,预期泛化能力越好,为了便于描述,本申请实施例仅以此为例进行说明。The expected generalization ability of a model can be divided into multiple generalization levels. The generalization level corresponding to a dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained on that dataset. Different generalization levels can correspond to different expected generalization abilities. For example, the generalization level can be represented numerically. The lower the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. Alternatively, the higher the generalization level, the better the expected generalization ability. For ease of description, this application embodiment is only used as an example for illustration.

可选地,模型的类别可以包括基础通用模型和小区专用(cell-specific)模型。Optionally, the model categories may include basic general models and cell-specific models.

即第一模型的类别可以为基础通用模型或小区专用模型。That is, the first model can be either a basic general model or a community-specific model.

基础通用模型即基础模型。基础通用模型可以适用于多种场景或多个小区。该模型不与具体的场景关联,即在任何场景,任何小区都可以配置。The basic general model is the foundational model. It can be applied to various scenarios or multiple cells. This model is not associated with any specific scenario; that is, it can be configured in any cell within any scenario.

cell-specific模型也可以称为专用模型。cell-specific模型仅适用于特定的小区或特定的场景,或者说,cell-specific模型仅与特定的小区或特定的场景匹配/关联,即用户接入特定的小区或进入特定的场景,才可以配置该模型。cell-specific模型在匹配的小区或场景下,其性能可能比基础模型应用于该小区或场景的性能更优,但cell-specific模型在不匹配的小区或场景下,其性能可能会比基础模型应用于该小区或场景的性能更差,即小区或场景不匹配导致的性能恶化更剧烈。Cell-specific models, also known as dedicated models, are applicable only to specific cells or scenarios. In other words, they are only matched/associated with specific cells or scenarios; that is, a user can only configure this model when accessing a specific cell or entering a specific scenario. In a matched cell or scenario, a cell-specific model may perform better than a base model applied to that cell or scenario. However, in a mismatched cell or scenario, a cell-specific model may perform worse than a base model applied to that cell or scenario; that is, performance degradation due to cell or scenario mismatch is more severe.

下面分别以几个示例(方式#1至方式#6)为例说明监控参数的确定方式。其中,监控参数可以包括监控指标。The following examples (methods #1 to #6) illustrate how to determine monitoring parameters. Monitoring parameters may include monitoring metrics.

方式#1:Method #1:

作为一个示例,第一网元可以根据第一模型的性能信息确定第一监控方式。As an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model.

示例性地,第一网元可以根据第一模型的性能信息确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。其中,第一监控参数可以包括第一监控指标,例如,第一监控参数可以包括第一性能阈值。For example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model. The first monitoring parameter may include a first monitoring indicator, such as a first performance threshold.

即第一模型的性能信息与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。本申请实施例中,对应关系也可以替换为关联关系。第一监控参数为与第一模型的性能信息相关的监控参数。That is, there is a correspondence between the performance information of the first model and the first monitoring parameter. In this embodiment, the correspondence can also be replaced by an association relationship. The first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the performance information of the first model.

或者说,第一模型的性能信息与第一监控参数具有第一对应关系,第一网元可以根据性能信息和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第一对应关系。Alternatively, the performance information of the first model has a first correspondence with the first monitoring parameter, and the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the performance information and the monitoring parameter, which includes the first correspondence.

表1示出了性能信息与监控参数的对应关系的一个示例。Table 1 shows an example of the correspondence between performance information and monitoring parameters.

表1
Table 1

例如,第一模型的性能信息为性能信息#A,根据表1所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#A。For example, the performance information of the first model is performance information #A. According to the correspondence shown in Table 1, the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #A.

下面以信道信息反馈场景为例进行示例性说明。第一模型即为信道压缩反馈模型。The following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario. The first model is the channel compression feedback model.

表2示出了性能档位、预期性能范围与性能阈值之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 2 shows an example of the correspondence between performance levels, expected performance ranges, and performance thresholds.

表2
Table 2

例如,如表2所示,可以将信道压缩反馈模型的预期性能分为三个性能档位。不同的性能档位对应不同的预期性能范围。不同的预期性能对应不同的监控参数。For example, as shown in Table 2, the expected performance of the channel compression feedback model can be divided into three performance levels. Different performance levels correspond to different expected performance ranges. Different expected performances correspond to different monitoring parameters.

在表2中,信道压缩反馈模型的性能由信道恢复精度,如广义余弦相似度的平方(squaredgeneralizedcosinesimilarity,SGCS)来表征。监控参数为性能阈值。In Table 2, the performance of the channel compression feedback model is characterized by the channel recovery accuracy, such as the squared generalized cosine similarity (SGCS). The monitoring parameter is the performance threshold.

在表2中,性能档位与预期性能呈正相关关系。即一个模型的性能档位越高,该模型的预期性能越好。相应地,性能档位与性能阈值可以呈正相关关系。In Table 2, there is a positive correlation between performance level and expected performance. That is, the higher the performance level of a model, the better its expected performance. Correspondingly, performance level and performance threshold can also be positively correlated.

下面主要以性能档位1为例对表2进行说明。The following explanation of Table 2 will primarily use performance level 1 as an example.

在表2中,处于性能档位1的信道压缩反馈模型在正常工作时的预期性能范围为SGCS为0.6-0.7,关联的性能阈值为0.6-Δ1。对于处于性能档位1的信道压缩反馈模型而言,在模型监控的过程中,若该模型的SGCS小于0.6-Δ1,则可判断该模型失败1次。如表2所示,性能档位越高,关联的预期性能越好,相应地,性能阈值也越高。In Table 2, the expected performance range of the channel compression feedback model at performance level 1 during normal operation is SGCS of 0.6-0.7, with an associated performance threshold of 0.6- Δ1 . For the channel compression feedback model at performance level 1, if the SGCS of the model is less than 0.6- Δ1 during model monitoring, the model can be considered to have failed once. As shown in Table 2, the higher the performance level, the better the associated expected performance, and correspondingly, the higher the performance threshold.

以表2为例,例如,第一模型的性能信息可以包括性能档位1或者SGCS:[0.6-0.7]。根据表2指示的对应关系可以确定其关联的性能阈值(即第一性能阈值)为0.6-Δ1Taking Table 2 as an example, the performance information of the first model may include performance level 1 or SGCS: [0.6-0.7]. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 2, its associated performance threshold (i.e., the first performance threshold) can be determined to be 0.6- Δ1 .

这样关联方式有利于保证模型的性能和监控方式的匹配,即有利于为不同性能的模型选择与性能匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。This association method helps ensure the matching of model performance and monitoring methods, that is, it helps to select monitoring methods that match the performance of models with different performance levels, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

Δ1,Δ2,Δ3表示不同预期性能关联的性能阈值的偏差值。对于不同的预期性能,该偏差值可以相同,也可以不同,即Δ1,Δ2,Δ3可以相同,也可以不同。 Δ1 , Δ2 , and Δ3 represent the deviation values of the performance thresholds associated with different expected performances. For different expected performances, these deviation values can be the same or different; that is, Δ1 , Δ2 , and Δ3 can be the same or different.

性能阈值的偏差值可以由第一设备确定,也可以由第二设备确定,或者,也可以是预定义的。The deviation value of the performance threshold can be determined by the first device, the second device, or it can be predefined.

应理解,表1和表2仅为示例,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。It should be understood that Tables 1 and 2 are merely examples and do not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of this application.

在本申请实施例的方案中,第一模型的性能信息可以用于反映由第一模型的预期性能,根据第一模型的性能信息确定第一监控方式,相当于根据第一模型的预期性能来确定第一监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的性能匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the performance information of the first model can be used to reflect the expected performance of the first model. Determining the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected performance of the first model. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

方式#2:Method #2:

作为一个示例,第一网元可以根据第一模型的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式。As an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model.

示例性地,第一网元可以根据第一模型的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。例如,第一监控参数可以包括以下至少一项:第一监控频率、第一监控周期、第一监控持续时长、第一监控持续次数、第一监控误差容忍度或第一切换阈值。For example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model. For example, the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: first monitoring frequency, first monitoring period, first monitoring duration, first monitoring duration number of times, first monitoring error tolerance, or first switching threshold.

即第一模型的泛化性信息与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。第一监控参数为与第一模型的性能信息相关的监控参数。That is, there is a correspondence between the generalization information of the first model and the first monitoring parameter. The first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the performance information of the first model.

或者说,第一模型的泛化性信息与第一监控参数具有第二对应关系,第一网元可以根据泛化性信息和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第二对应关系。Alternatively, the generalization information of the first model has a second correspondence with the first monitoring parameter. The first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the generalization information and the monitoring parameter, and this correspondence includes the second correspondence.

表3示出了泛化性信息与监控参数的对应关系的一个示例。Table 3 shows an example of the correspondence between generalization information and monitoring parameters.

表3
Table 3

例如,第一模型的泛化性信息为泛化性信息#A,根据表3所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#D。For example, the generalization information of the first model is generalization information #A. According to the correspondence shown in Table 3, the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #D.

下面以信道信息反馈场景为例进行示例性说明。第一模型即为信道压缩反馈模型。The following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario. The first model is the channel compression feedback model.

表4示出了泛化性档位与监控频率、监控持续次数以及切换阈值之间的关联关系的一个示例。Table 4 shows an example of the relationship between generalization level and monitoring frequency, monitoring duration, and switching threshold.

表4
Table 4

例如,如表4所示,可以将信道压缩反馈模型的预期泛化能力分为三个泛化性档位。不同的泛化性档位对应不同的预期泛化能力。不同的预期泛化能力对应不同的监控参数。在表4中,监控参数包括监控频率、监控持续次数和切换阈值。For example, as shown in Table 4, the expected generalization capability of the channel compression feedback model can be divided into three generalization levels. Different generalization levels correspond to different expected generalization capabilities. Different expected generalization capabilities correspond to different monitoring parameters. In Table 4, the monitoring parameters include monitoring frequency, monitoring duration, and handover threshold.

在表4中,泛化性档位与预期泛化能力呈正相关关系。即一个模型的泛化性档位越高,该模型的预期泛化能力越好。In Table 4, there is a positive correlation between the generalization level and the expected generalization ability. That is, the higher the generalization level of a model, the better its expected generalization ability.

如表4所示,泛化性档位与监控频率可以呈负相关关系。As shown in Table 4, the generalization level and the monitoring frequency can be negatively correlated.

具有较高的泛化能力的模型的性能鲁棒性较高,可以采用较低的监控频率对其进行监控。如表4所示,在模型监控的过程中,对于处于泛化性档位3的信道压缩反馈模型而言,可以以60分钟(min)为周期对其展开性能监控,而对于处于泛化性档位1的信道压缩反馈模型而言,则需要以1min为周期对其展开性能监控。Models with high generalization ability have higher performance robustness and can be monitored at a lower monitoring frequency. As shown in Table 4, during model monitoring, for channel compression feedback models at generalization level 3, performance monitoring can be carried out at a period of 60 minutes (min), while for channel compression feedback models at generalization level 1, performance monitoring needs to be carried out at a period of 1 minute.

如表4所示,泛化性档位与监控持续次数可以呈负相关关系。As shown in Table 4, the generalization level and the number of monitoring sessions can be negatively correlated.

具有较高的泛化能力的模型性能鲁棒性较高,可以采用较少次数的性能监控,即可以采用较少的监控持续次数。如表4所示,在模型监控的过程中,对于处于泛化性档位3的信道压缩反馈模型而言,若该模型持续两次性能达标,即可认为该模型处于正常工作状态,而对于处于泛化性档位1的信道压缩反馈模型而言,若该模型持续10次性能达标,才可认为该模型处于正常工作状态。Models with higher generalization ability exhibit greater robustness and require fewer performance monitoring cycles. As shown in Table 4, during model monitoring, for a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 3, the model is considered to be in normal working condition if it achieves the performance target twice consecutively. However, for a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 1, the model is considered to be in normal working condition only if it achieves the performance target 10 times consecutively.

如表4所示,泛化性档位与切换阈值可以呈正相关关系。As shown in Table 4, the generalization level and the switching threshold can be positively correlated.

具有较高的泛化能力的模型性能鲁棒性较高,对于性能监控的波动具有一定的容忍度,可以采用较大的切换阈值。如表4所示,在模型监控的过程中,对于处于泛化性档位3的信道压缩反馈模型而言,若该模型持续4次性能不达标才进行模型切换,而对于处于泛化性档位1的信道压缩反馈模型而言,若该模型持续2次性能不达标就需要进行模型切换。Models with higher generalization ability exhibit greater robustness and tolerance for performance fluctuations, allowing for the use of larger switching thresholds. As shown in Table 4, during model monitoring, for a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 3, model switching is only required if the model fails to meet performance standards four times consecutively. For a channel compression feedback model at generalization level 1, model switching is required if the model fails to meet performance standards twice consecutively.

以表4为例,例如,第一模型的泛化性信息可以包括泛化性档位1。根据表4指示的对应关系可以确定泛化性档位1关联的监控频率<1min,关联的监控持续次数为10,关联的切换阈值为2。Taking Table 4 as an example, the generalization information of the first model may include generalization level 1. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 4, it can be determined that the monitoring frequency associated with generalization level 1 is <1min, the associated monitoring duration is 10, and the associated switching threshold is 2.

这样关联方式有利于保证模型的泛化性和监控方式的匹配,即有利于为不同泛化性的模型选择与之匹配的监控方式,从而有利于在保证模型监控的可靠性的同时,提高模型监控的效率,有利于避免资源浪费。This association method helps ensure the generalization of the model and the matching of the monitoring method. In other words, it helps to select a matching monitoring method for models with different generalization, thereby improving the efficiency of model monitoring while ensuring the reliability of model monitoring and avoiding resource waste.

应理解,表3和表4仅为示例,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。It should be understood that Tables 3 and 4 are merely examples and do not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of this application.

在本申请实施例的方案中,第一模型的泛化性信息可以用于反映由第一模型的预期泛化能力,根据第一模型的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式,相当于根据第一模型的预期泛化能力来确定第一监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的泛化性匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the generalization information of the first model can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the first model. Determining the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected generalization ability of the first model. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the generalization of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

方式#3:Method #3:

作为一个示例,第一网元可以根据第一数据集的标识确定第一监控方式。As an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the identifier of the first dataset.

示例性地,第一网元可以根据第一数据集的标识确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。例如,第一监控参数可以包括以下至少一项:第一性能阈值、第一监控频率、第一监控周期、第一监控持续时长、第一监控持续次数、第一监控误差容忍度或第一切换阈值。For example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the identifier of the first dataset. For example, the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: a first performance threshold, a first monitoring frequency, a first monitoring cycle, a first monitoring duration, a first monitoring duration count, a first monitoring error tolerance, or a first switching threshold.

即第一数据集的标识与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。第一监控参数为与第一数据集的标识相关的监控参数。That is, there is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the first monitoring parameter. The first monitoring parameter is the monitoring parameter related to the identifier of the first dataset.

或者说,第一数据集的标识与第一监控参数具有第三对应关系,第一网元可以根据数据集的标识和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第三对应关系。Alternatively, the identifier of the first dataset has a third correspondence with the first monitoring parameter. The first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the identifier of the dataset and the monitoring parameter. This correspondence includes the third correspondence.

表5示出了数据集的标识与监控参数的对应关系的一个示例。Table 5 shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers and monitoring parameters.

表5
Table 5

例如,第一数据集的标识为标识#A,根据表5所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#G。For example, the identifier of the first dataset is #A, and according to the correspondence shown in Table 5, the first monitoring parameter can be determined to include the parameter value #G.

不同的数据集的标识关联的监控参数的参数值可能是相同的,也可能是不同的。即参数值#G、参数值#H和参数值#I可能是相同的,也可能是不同的。The monitoring parameter values associated with the identifiers of different datasets may be the same or different. That is, parameter values #G, #H, and #I may be the same or different.

下面以信道信息反馈场景为例进行示例性说明。第一数据集即用于训练得到信道压缩反馈模型。The following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario. The first dataset is used to train the channel compression feedback model.

表6示出了数据集的标识与性能阈值和监控频率之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 6 shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers, performance thresholds, and monitoring frequencies.

表6
Table 6

如表6所示,数据集的标识与监控参数相关联。根据数据集的标识即可确定相关的监控参数。As shown in Table 6, the dataset identifier is associated with the monitoring parameters. The relevant monitoring parameters can be determined based on the dataset identifier.

以数据集1为例,数据集1关联的性能阈值为0.6-Δ1,数据集1关联的监控频率<60min。对于由数据集1训练得到的模型而言,在模型监控的过程中,若该模型的SGCS小于0.6-Δ1,则可判断该模型失败1次,可以以60min为周期对其展开性能监控。Taking dataset 1 as an example, the performance threshold associated with dataset 1 is 0.6- Δ1 , and the monitoring frequency associated with dataset 1 is <60 minutes. For the model trained from dataset 1, if the SGCS of the model is less than 0.6- Δ1 during the model monitoring process, it can be determined that the model has failed once, and performance monitoring can be carried out on it at a cycle of 60 minutes.

以表6为例,例如,第一数据集的标识可以为数据集1。根据表6指示的对应关系可以确定数据集1关联的性能阈值为0.6-Δ1,数据集1关联的监控频率<60min。Taking Table 6 as an example, the identifier for the first dataset can be dataset 1. Based on the correspondence indicated in Table 6, the performance threshold associated with dataset 1 can be determined to be 0.6- Δ1 , and the monitoring frequency associated with dataset 1 is <60min.

应理解,表5和表6仅为示例,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。It should be understood that Tables 5 and 6 are merely examples and do not constitute a limitation on the solutions of the embodiments of this application.

数据集能够反映出由该数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能和/或预期泛化能力,在建立数据集与监控参数之间的关联关系时,可以考虑该数据集对应的预期性能和/或预期泛化能力,这样有利于使得模型的性能和/或泛化性与监控方式匹配,从而有利于实现对针对不同性能和/或泛化性的模型的有效监控,提高监控的可靠性和效率。A dataset can reflect the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of a model trained on that dataset. When establishing the correlation between a dataset and monitoring parameters, the expected performance and/or expected generalization ability of the dataset can be considered. This helps to match the model's performance and/or generalization with the monitoring method, thereby facilitating effective monitoring of models with different performance and/or generalization, and improving the reliability and efficiency of monitoring.

方式#4:Method #4:

作为一个示例,第一网元可以根据第一数据集对应的性能信息确定第一监控方式。As an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.

示例性地,第一网元可以根据第一数据集对应的性能信息确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。例如,第一监控参数可以包括第一性能阈值。For example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset. For instance, the first monitoring parameter may include a first performance threshold.

即第一数据集对应的性能信息与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。第一监控参数为与第一数据集对应的性能信息相关的监控参数。This means there is a correspondence between the performance information corresponding to the first dataset and the first monitoring parameter. The first monitoring parameter is the monitoring parameter related to the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.

或者说,第一数据集对应的性能信息与第一监控参数具有第四对应关系,第一网元可以根据性能信息和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第四对应关系。Alternatively, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset has a fourth correspondence with the first monitoring parameter. The first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the performance information and the monitoring parameter, and this correspondence includes the fourth correspondence.

数据集对应的性能信息与监控参数的对应关系的示例可以参考方式#1中的表1和表2,只需要将模型的性能信息替换为数据集对应的性能信息即可。Examples of the correspondence between performance information and monitoring parameters for the dataset can be found in Tables 1 and 2 of Method #1. Simply replace the model's performance information with the performance information corresponding to the dataset.

例如,第一数据集对应的性能信息为性能信息#A,根据表1所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#A。For example, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is performance information #A. According to the correspondence shown in Table 1, the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #A.

以表2为例,数据集对应的性能档位为性能档位1,即由该数据集训练得到的模型在正常工作时的预期性能范围为SGCS为0.6-0.7,关联的性能阈值为0.6-Δ1。对于由该数据集训练得到的模型而言,在模型监控的过程中,若该模型的SGCS小于0.6-Δ1,则可判断该模型失败1次。如表2所示,性能档位越高,关联的预期性能越好,相应地,性能阈值也越高。Taking Table 2 as an example, the dataset corresponds to performance level 1, meaning the expected performance range of the model trained on this dataset during normal operation is SGCS of 0.6-0.7, and the associated performance threshold is 0.6- Δ1 . For the model trained on this dataset, if the SGCS of the model is less than 0.6- Δ1 during model monitoring, it can be determined that the model has failed once. As shown in Table 2, the higher the performance level, the better the associated expected performance, and correspondingly, the higher the performance threshold.

以表2为例,例如,第一数据集对应的性能信息可以包括性能档位1或者SGCS:[0.6-0.7]。根据表2指示的对应关系可以确定其关联的性能阈值(即第一性能阈值)为0.6-Δ1Taking Table 2 as an example, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset may include performance level 1 or SGCS: [0.6-0.7]. Based on the correspondence indicated in Table 2, the associated performance threshold (i.e., the first performance threshold) can be determined to be 0.6- Δ1 .

在本申请实施例的方案中,第一数据集对应的性能信息可以用于反映由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能,根据第一数据集对应的性能信息确定第一监控方式,相当于根据第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能来确定第一监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的性能匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected performance of the model trained by the first dataset. Determining the first monitoring method based on the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected performance of the model trained by the first dataset. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the performance of the first model, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

方式#5:Method #5:

作为一个示例,第一网元可以根据第一数据集对应的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式。As an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

示例性地,第一网元可以根据第一数据集对应的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。例如,第一监控参数可以包括以下至少一项:第一监控频率、第一监控周期、第一监控持续时长、第一监控持续次数、第一监控误差容忍度或第一切换阈值。For example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. For example, the first monitoring parameter may include at least one of the following: first monitoring frequency, first monitoring period, first monitoring duration, first monitoring duration number of times, first monitoring error tolerance, or first switching threshold.

即第一数据集对应的泛化性信息与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。第一监控参数为与第一数据集对应的泛化性信息相关的监控参数。That is, there is a correspondence between the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset and the first monitoring parameter. The first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

或者说,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息与第一监控参数具有第五对应关系,第一网元可以根据泛化性信息和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第五对应关系。Alternatively, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset has a fifth correspondence with the first monitoring parameter. The first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the generalization information and the monitoring parameter, and this correspondence includes the fifth correspondence.

数据集对应的泛化性信息与监控参数的对应关系的示例可以参考方式#2中的表3和表4,只需将模型的泛化性信息替换为数据集对应的泛化性信息即可。Examples of the correspondence between the generalization information of the dataset and the monitoring parameters can be found in Tables 3 and 4 of Method #2. Simply replace the generalization information of the model with the generalization information corresponding to the dataset.

例如,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息为泛化性信息#A,根据表3所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#D。For example, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is generalization information #A. According to the correspondence shown in Table 3, the first monitoring parameter includes parameter value #D.

以表4为例,一个数据集对应的泛化性档位为泛化性档位1,泛化性档位1关联的监控频率<1min,关联的监控持续次数为10,关联的切换阈值为2。对于由该数据集训练得到的模型而言,在模型监控的过程中,以1min为周期对其展开性能监控,若该模型持续10次性能达标,才认为该模型处于正常工作状态,若该模型持续2次性能不达标就需要进行模型切换。Taking Table 4 as an example, the generalization level corresponding to a dataset is generalization level 1. Generalization level 1 is associated with a monitoring frequency of <1 minute, a monitoring duration of 10 times, and a switching threshold of 2. For the model trained on this dataset, performance monitoring is performed at 1-minute intervals. If the model meets the performance standard for 10 consecutive times, it is considered to be in normal working condition. If the model fails to meet the performance standard for 2 consecutive times, model switching is required.

以表4为例,例如,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以包括泛化性档位1。根据表4指示的对应关系可以确定泛化性档位1关联的监控频率<1min,关联的监控持续次数为10,关联的切换阈值为2。Taking Table 4 as an example, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset may include generalization level 1. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 4, it can be determined that the monitoring frequency associated with generalization level 1 is <1min, the associated monitoring duration is 10, and the associated switching threshold is 2.

在本申请实施例的方案中,第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以用于反映由第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力,根据第一数据集对应的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式,相当于根据第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力来确定第一监控方式,有利于得到与第一模型的泛化性匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性和效率。In the scheme of this application embodiment, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to reflect the expected generalization ability of the model trained by the first dataset. Determining the first monitoring method based on the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is equivalent to determining the first monitoring method based on the expected generalization ability of the model trained by the first dataset. This is beneficial to obtaining a monitoring method that matches the generalization of the first model, thereby improving the reliability and efficiency of model monitoring.

方式#6:Method #6:

作为一个示例,第一网元还可以根据第一模型的类别确定第一监控方式。As an example, the first network element can also determine the first monitoring method based on the category of the first model.

即上述方式#1至方式#5中的任一方式可以与第一模型的类别结合使用。That is, any of the methods #1 to #5 mentioned above can be used in combination with the category of the first model.

以方式#1和第一模型的类别结合为例,第一网元可以根据第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的类别确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。例如,第一监控参数可以包括第一性能阈值。Taking the combination of mode #1 and the category of the first model as an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring mode based on the performance information of the first model and the category of the first model. For example, the first monitoring parameter may include a first performance threshold.

即第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的类别与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。第一监控参数为与第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的类别相关的监控参数。That is, there is a correspondence between the performance information of the first model, the category of the first model, and the first monitoring parameter. The first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the performance information and category of the first model.

或者说,第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的类别与第一监控参数具有第六对应关系,第一网元可以根据性能信息、类别和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第六对应关系。Alternatively, the performance information of the first model, the category of the first model, and the first monitoring parameter have a sixth correspondence. The first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the performance information, the category, and the monitoring parameter. This correspondence includes the sixth correspondence.

表7示出了性能信息、类别与监控参数的对应关系的一个示例。Table 7 shows an example of the correspondence between performance information, categories, and monitoring parameters.

表7
Table 7

例如,第一模型的性能信息为性能信息#A,第一模型的类别为类别#A,根据表1所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#A1。For example, the performance information of the first model is performance information #A, the category of the first model is category #A, and according to the correspondence shown in Table 1, the first monitoring parameter can be determined to include parameter value #A1.

下面以信道信息反馈场景为例进行示例性说明。第一模型即为信道压缩反馈模型。The following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario. The first model is the channel compression feedback model.

表8示出了类别、性能档位、预期性能范围与性能阈值之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 8 shows an example of the correspondence between category, performance level, expected performance range, and performance threshold.

表8
Table 8

例如,如表8所示,模型的预期性能与模型的类别和模型的性能档位相关,相应地,性能阈值可以由性能档位和类别可以共同确定。For example, as shown in Table 8, the expected performance of a model is related to the model category and the model performance level. Accordingly, the performance threshold can be determined by the performance level and the category.

以表8为例,例如,第一模型的性能信息可以包括性能档位1,第一模型的类别可以为基础通用模型。根据表8指示的对应关系可以确定其关联的性能阈值(即第一性能阈值)为0.6-Δ1Taking Table 8 as an example, the performance information of the first model may include performance level 1, and the category of the first model may be a basic general model. According to the correspondence indicated in Table 8, its associated performance threshold (i.e., the first performance threshold) can be determined to be 0.6- Δ1 .

这样关联方式有利于进一步保证模型的性能和监控方式的匹配,即考虑了模型的类别与模型的预期性能之间的关系,以期使得对预期性能的划分更加准确,更精细,有利于为不同性能的模型选择与性能匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。This association method helps to further ensure the matching of model performance and monitoring methods. It takes into account the relationship between model category and expected model performance, so as to make the classification of expected performance more accurate and refined. This is conducive to selecting monitoring methods that match the performance of models with different performance levels, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

δ1,δ2表示cell-specific模型对应的不同性能档位关联的性能阈值的偏差值。对于不同的性能档位,该偏差值可以相同,也可以不同,即δ1,δ2可以相同,也可以不同。 δ1 and δ2 represent the deviation values of the performance thresholds associated with different performance levels corresponding to the cell-specific model. For different performance levels, these deviation values can be the same or different, that is, δ1 and δ2 can be the same or different.

性能阈值的偏差值可以由第一设备确定,也可以由第二设备确定,或者,也可以是预定义的。The deviation value of the performance threshold can be determined by the first device, the second device, or it can be predefined.

应理解,对于不同类别,划分的性能档位的数量可以相同,也可以不同。例如,在表8中,基础通用模型和cell-specific模型对应的性能档位的数量相同,均对应两个性能档位。再如,在一些场景下,基础通用模型的预期性能跨度可能较大,可以将其划分为三个性能档位,即基础通用模型对应三个性能档位,cell-specific模型的预期性能跨度可能较小,可以将其划分为两个性能档位,即cell-specific模型对应两个性能档位。It should be understood that the number of performance tiers can be the same or different for different categories. For example, in Table 8, the basic general model and the cell-specific model have the same number of performance tiers, both corresponding to two performance tiers. Furthermore, in some scenarios, the expected performance range of the basic general model may be large, so it can be divided into three performance tiers, meaning the basic general model corresponds to three performance tiers. Conversely, the expected performance range of the cell-specific model may be smaller, so it can be divided into two performance tiers, meaning the cell-specific model corresponds to two performance tiers.

以方式#2和第一模型的类别结合为例,第一网元可以根据第一模型的泛化性信息和第一模型的类别确定第一监控方式中的第一监控参数。例如,第一监控参数可以包括第一性能阈值。Taking the combination of method #2 and the category of the first model as an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter in the first monitoring method based on the generalization information of the first model and the category of the first model. For example, the first monitoring parameter may include a first performance threshold.

即第一模型的泛化性信息、第一模型的类别与第一监控参数之间存在对应关系。第一监控参数为与第一模型的泛化性信息和第一模型的类别相关的监控参数。That is, there is a correspondence between the generalization information of the first model, the category of the first model, and the first monitoring parameter. The first monitoring parameter is a monitoring parameter related to the generalization information and category of the first model.

或者说,第一模型的泛化性信息、第一模型的类别与第一监控参数具有第七对应关系,第一网元可以根据泛化性信息、类别和监控参数之间的对应关系确定第一监控参数,该对应关系包括第八对应关系。Alternatively, the generalization information of the first model, the category of the first model, and the first monitoring parameter have a seventh correspondence. The first network element can determine the first monitoring parameter based on the correspondence between the generalization information, the category, and the monitoring parameter. This correspondence includes an eighth correspondence.

表9示出了泛化性信息、类别与监控参数的对应关系的一个示例。Table 9 shows an example of the correspondence between generalization information, categories, and monitoring parameters.

表9

Table 9

例如,第一模型的性能信息为泛化性信息#A,第一模型的类别为类别#A,根据表1所示的对应关系可以确定第一监控参数包括参数值#A2。For example, the performance information of the first model is generalization information #A, the category of the first model is category #A, and according to the correspondence shown in Table 1, the first monitoring parameter can be determined to include parameter value #A2.

下面以信道信息反馈场景为例进行示例性说明。第一模型即为信道压缩反馈模型。The following example illustrates this using a channel information feedback scenario. The first model is the channel compression feedback model.

表10示出了类别、泛化性档位与监控频率、监控持续次数以及切换阈值之间的关联关系的一个示例。Table 10 shows an example of the relationship between category, generalization level, monitoring frequency, monitoring duration, and switching threshold.

表10
Table 10

例如,如表10所示,模型的预期泛化能力与模型的类别和模型的泛化性档位相关,相应地,监控参数可以由泛化性档位和类别可以共同确定。For example, as shown in Table 10, the expected generalization ability of a model is related to the model's category and its generalization level. Accordingly, the monitoring parameters can be determined jointly by the generalization level and the category.

以表10为例,例如,第一模型的泛化性信息可以包括泛化性档位1,第一模型的类别为基础通用模型,关联监控频率<1min,关联的监控持续次数为5,关联的切换阈值为2。Taking Table 10 as an example, the generalization information of the first model may include generalization level 1, the category of the first model is a basic general model, the associated monitoring frequency is <1min, the associated monitoring duration is 5, and the associated switching threshold is 2.

这样关联方式有利于进一步保证模型的泛化性和监控方式的匹配,即考虑了模型的类别与模型的预期泛化能力之间的关系,以期使得对预期泛化能力的划分更加准确,更精细,有利于为不同泛化性的模型选择与泛化性匹配的监控方式,从而有利于提高模型监控的可靠性。This association method helps to further ensure the generalization of the model and the matching of the monitoring method. That is, it takes into account the relationship between the model category and the expected generalization ability of the model, so as to make the classification of expected generalization ability more accurate and refined. This is conducive to selecting a monitoring method that matches the generalization ability for models with different generalization abilities, thereby improving the reliability of model monitoring.

应理解,对于不同类别,划分的泛化性档位的数量可以相同,也可以不同。例如,在表10中,类别1对应的泛化性档位的数量与类别2对应的泛化性档位的数量不同,基础通用模型对应3个泛化性档位,cell-specific模型对应1个泛化性档位。在其他实现方式中,基础通用模型和cell-specific模型对应的泛化性档位的数量也可以相同。It should be understood that the number of generalization levels can be the same or different for different categories. For example, in Table 10, the number of generalization levels for category 1 is different from the number of generalization levels for category 2; the basic general model has 3 generalization levels, while the cell-specific model has 1 generalization level. In other implementations, the number of generalization levels for the basic general model and the cell-specific model can also be the same.

方式#3至方式#5与方式#6的结合可以参考前文,此处不再赘述。The combination of methods #3 to #5 and method #6 can be found in the previous text and will not be repeated here.

此外,上述方式#1至方式#6中的部分或全部均可以结合使用。即第一监控方式可以是基于第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息、第一数据集的标识、第一数据集对应的性能信息、第一数据集对应的泛化性信息或第一模型的类别中的多项确定的。该多项可以共同用于确定同一类型的监控参数,也可以分别用于确定不同类型的监控参数。Furthermore, some or all of the methods #1 to #6 mentioned above can be used in combination. That is, the first monitoring method can be determined based on multiple factors, including the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, the identifier of the first dataset, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset, or the category of the first model. These multiple factors can be used together to determine the same type of monitoring parameter, or they can be used separately to determine different types of monitoring parameters.

以方式#1和方式#2结合为例,第一网元可以根据第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式。例如,第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的泛化性信息可以分别用于确定第一监控方式中的不同类型的监控参数。Taking the combination of methods #1 and #2 as an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information and generalization information of the first model. For instance, the performance information and generalization information of the first model can be used to determine different types of monitoring parameters in the first monitoring method.

以方式#1、方式#2和方式#6结合为例,第一网元可以根据第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式。例如,第一模型的性能信息和第一模型的类别可以用于确定第一性能阈值。第一模型的类别和第一模型的泛化性信息可以用于确定以下至少一项:第一监控频率、第一监控周期、第一监控持续时长、第一监控持续次数、第一监控误差容忍度或第一切换阈值。Taking a combination of methods #1, #2, and #6 as an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information and generalization information of the first model. For example, the performance information and category of the first model can be used to determine a first performance threshold. The category and generalization information of the first model can be used to determine at least one of the following: first monitoring frequency, first monitoring cycle, first monitoring duration, first monitoring duration count, first monitoring error tolerance, or first handover threshold.

以方式#4和方式#5结合为例,第一网元可以根据第一数据集对应的性能信息和第一数据集对应的泛化性信息确定第一监控方式。例如,第一数据集对应的性能信息和第一数据集对应的泛化性信息可以分别用于确定第一监控方式中的不同类型的监控参数。Taking the combination of methods #4 and #5 as an example, the first network element can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information and generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. For instance, the performance information and generalization information corresponding to the first dataset can be used to determine different types of monitoring parameters in the first monitoring method.

下面对步骤510进行说明。Step 510 will be explained below.

第一设备可以通过多种方式获取第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息或第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。The first device can obtain one or more of the following in a variety of ways: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset.

作为一种可能的实现方式,步骤510可以包括:第一设备接收第一信息。第一信息指示以下一项或多项:第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息或第一数据集的相关信息。As one possible implementation, step 510 may include: the first device receiving first information. The first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information about the first dataset.

图6示出了本申请实施例的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图6所示的方法可以视为图5所示的方法500的一种具体实现方式。Figure 6 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application. The method shown in Figure 6 can be regarded as a specific implementation of the method 500 shown in Figure 5.

如图6所示,步骤510可以包括:第一设备接收来自第二设备的第一信息。As shown in Figure 6, step 510 may include: the first device receiving first information from the second device.

第二设备在向第一设备发送第一信息之前,方法500还可以包括:第二设备获取第一信息或第二设备确定第一信息。或者说,第二设备获取或确定第一信息指示的内容。Before the second device sends the first information to the first device, method 500 may further include: the second device acquiring the first information or the second device determining the first information. In other words, the second device acquires or determines the content indicated by the first information.

第一信息可以通过多种形式指示第一模型的性能信息。The first information can indicate the performance information of the first model in various forms.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的标识。第一模型的标识也可以替换为第一模型的索引。Optionally, the first information may include an identifier of the first model. The identifier of the first model may also be replaced with an index of the first model.

即通过第一模型的标识间接指示第一模型的性能信息。That is, the performance information of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first model.

第一设备可以根据第一模型的标识确定第一模型的性能信息。第一模型的标识和第一模型的性能信息之间存在对应关系。第一模型的性能信息即为第一模型的标识关联的性能信息。The first device can determine the performance information of the first model based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the performance information of the first model. The performance information of the first model is the performance information associated with the identifier of the first model.

表11示出了模型的标识与性能档位之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 11 shows an example of the correspondence between model identifiers and performance levels.

表11
Table 11

例如,第一信息包括的模型ID为模型1。第一设备根据表11所示的对应关系确定模型1关联的性能档位(即第一模型的性能档位)为性能档位1。For example, the first information includes a model ID of model 1. The first device determines the performance level associated with model 1 (i.e., the performance level of the first model) as performance level 1 according to the correspondence shown in Table 11.

模型的标识与性能信息之间的对应关系,例如,表11,可以是第一设备自行确定的,也可以是第一设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一模型的提供节点接收的,再如,从第二设备接收的,或者,也可以是预定义的。The correspondence between the model identifier and performance information, such as Table 11, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first model, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的性能信息,即第一信息可以直接指示第一模型的性能信息。例如,第一信息可以包括第一模型的性能档位。Optionally, the first information may include performance information of the first model, that is, the first information may directly indicate the performance information of the first model. For example, the first information may include the performance level of the first model.

第二设备可以通过多种方式确定第一模型的性能信息。示例性地,第二设备可以根据模型的标识与性能信息之间的对应关系,如表11,确定第一模型的性能信息。该对应关系可以是第二设备自行确定的,也可以是第二设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一设备接收的,再如,从第一模型的提供节点接收的,或者,也可以是预定义的。可替换地,第二设备可以从其他设备接收第一模型的性能信息,例如,从第一模型的提供节点接收第一模型的性能信息。The second device can determine the performance information of the first model in various ways. For example, the second device can determine the performance information of the first model based on the correspondence between the model's identifier and performance information, as shown in Table 11. This correspondence can be determined by the second device itself, or it can be received by the second device from other devices, such as the first device, or the node providing the first model, or it can be predefined. Alternatively, the second device can receive the performance information of the first model from other devices, such as the node providing the first model.

第一信息可以通过多种形式指示第一模型的泛化性信息。The first information can indicate the generalization information of the first model in various forms.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first model.

即通过第一模型的标识间接指示第一模型的泛化性信息。That is, the generalization information of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first model.

第一设备可以根据第一模型的标识确定第一模型的泛化性信息。第一模型的标识和第一模型的泛化性信息之间存在对应关系。第一模型的泛化性信息即为第一模型的标识关联的泛化性信息。The first device can determine the generalization information of the first model based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the generalization information of the first model. The generalization information of the first model is the generalization information associated with the identifier of the first model.

表11还示出了模型的标识与泛化性档位之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 11 also shows an example of the correspondence between model identifiers and generalization levels.

例如,第一信息包括的模型ID为模型1。第一设备根据表11所示的对应关系确定模型1关联的泛化性档位(即第一模型的泛化性档位)为泛化性档位3。For example, the first information includes a model ID of model 1. The first device determines the generalization level associated with model 1 (i.e., the generalization level of the first model) as generalization level 3 according to the correspondence shown in Table 11.

模型的标识与泛化性信息之间的对应关系,例如,表11,可以是第一设备自行确定的,也可以是第一设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一模型的提供节点接收的,再如,从第二设备接收的,或者,也可以是预定义的。The correspondence between the model identifier and the generalization information, such as Table 11, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first model, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的泛化性信息,即第一信息可以直接指示第一模型的泛化性信息。例如,第一信息可以包括第一模型的泛化性档位。Optionally, the first information may include generalization information of the first model, that is, the first information may directly indicate the generalization information of the first model. For example, the first information may include the generalization level of the first model.

第二设备可以通过多种方式确定第一模型的泛化性信息。具体描述可以参考前文中的第一模型的性能信息的确定方式,将第一模型的性能信息替换为第一模型的泛化性信息即可。The second device can determine the generalization information of the first model in several ways. For a detailed description, please refer to the method for determining the performance information of the first model mentioned earlier, and simply replace the performance information of the first model with its generalization information.

第一信息可以通过多种形式指示第一数据集对应的性能信息。The first information can indicate the performance information corresponding to the first dataset in various forms.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一数据集的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first dataset.

即通过第一数据集的标识间接指示第一数据集对应的性能信息。That is, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first dataset.

第一设备可以根据第一数据集的标识确定第一数据集对应的性能信息。第一数据集的标识和第一数据集对应的性能信息之间存在对应关系。第一数据集对应的性能信息即为第一数据集的标识关联的性能信息。The first device can determine the performance information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the performance information corresponding to the first dataset. The performance information corresponding to the first dataset is the performance information associated with the identifier of the first dataset.

表12示出了数据集的标识与性能档位之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 12 shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers and performance tiers.

表12
Table 12

例如,第一信息包括的数据集ID为数据集1。第一设备根据表12所示的对应关系确定数据集1关联的性能档位(即第一数据集对应的性能档位)为性能档位1。For example, the dataset ID included in the first information is dataset 1. The first device determines the performance level associated with dataset 1 (i.e., the performance level corresponding to the first dataset) as performance level 1 according to the correspondence shown in Table 12.

数据集的标识与性能信息之间的对应关系,例如,表12,可以是第一设备自行确定的,也可以是第一设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一数据集的提供节点接收的,再如,从第二设备接收的,或者,也可以是预定义的。The correspondence between the dataset identifier and performance information, such as Table 12, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first dataset, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一数据集对应的性能信息,即第一信息可以直接指示第一数据集对应的性能信息。例如,第一信息可以包括第一数据集对应的性能档位。Optionally, the first information may include performance information corresponding to the first dataset; that is, the first information may directly indicate the performance information corresponding to the first dataset. For example, the first information may include the performance level corresponding to the first dataset.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first model.

即通过第一模型的标识指示第一数据集对应的性能信息。That is, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset is indicated by the identifier of the first model.

第一设备可以根据第一模型的标识确定第一数据集对应的性能信息。第一模型的标识和第一数据集对应的性能信息之间存在对应关系。第一数据集对应的性能信息即为第一模型的标识关联的数据集对应的性能信息。The first device can determine the performance information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the performance information corresponding to the first dataset. The performance information corresponding to the first dataset is the performance information corresponding to the dataset associated with the identifier of the first model.

第二设备可以通过多种方式确定第一数据集对应的性能信息。具体描述可以参考前文关于第一模型的性能信息的描述,将第一模型的性能信息替换为第一数据集对应的性能信息即可。The second device can determine the performance information corresponding to the first dataset in several ways. For a detailed description, please refer to the previous description of the performance information of the first model; simply replace the performance information of the first model with the performance information corresponding to the first dataset.

第一信息可以通过多种形式指示第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。The first piece of information can indicate the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset in various forms.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一数据集的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first dataset.

即通过第一数据集的标识间接指示第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。That is, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first dataset.

第一设备可以根据第一数据集的标识确定第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。第一数据集的标识和第一数据集对应的泛化性信息之间存在对应关系。第一数据集对应的泛化性信息即为第一数据集的标识关联的泛化性信息。The first device can determine the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. The generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is the generalization information associated with the identifier of the first dataset.

表12还示出了数据集的标识与泛化性档位之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 12 also shows an example of the correspondence between dataset identifiers and generalization levels.

例如,第一信息包括的数据集ID为数据集1。第一设备根据表12所示的对应关系确定数据集1关联的泛化性档位(即第一数据集对应的泛化性档位)为泛化性档位3。For example, the dataset ID included in the first information is dataset 1. The first device determines the generalization level associated with dataset 1 (i.e., the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset) as generalization level 3 according to the correspondence shown in Table 12.

数据集的标识与泛化性信息之间的对应关系,例如,表12,可以是第一设备自行确定的,也可以是第一设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一数据集的提供节点接收的,再如,从第二设备接收的,或者,也可以是预定义的。The correspondence between the dataset identifier and the generalization information, such as Table 12, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first dataset, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。例如,第一信息可以包括第一数据集对应的泛化性档位。Optionally, the first information may include generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. For example, the first information may include the generalization level corresponding to the first dataset.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first model.

即通过第一模型的标识指示第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。That is, the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset is indicated by the identifier of the first model.

第一设备可以根据第一模型的标识确定第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。第一模型的标识和第一数据集对应的泛化性信息之间存在对应关系。第一数据集对应的性能信息即为第一模型的标识关联的数据集对应的泛化性信息。The first device can determine the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset based on the identifier of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. The performance information corresponding to the first dataset is the generalization information corresponding to the dataset associated with the identifier of the first model.

第二设备可以通过多种方式确定第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。具体描述可以参考前文,将第一数据集对应的性能信息替换为第一数据集对应的泛化性信息即可。The second device can determine the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset in several ways. For details, please refer to the previous text; simply replace the performance information corresponding to the first dataset with the generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

进一步地,第一信息还可以用于指示第一模型的类别。Furthermore, the first information can also be used to indicate the category of the first model.

第一信息可以通过多种形式指示第一模型的类别。The first piece of information can indicate the category of the first model in various forms.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first model.

即通过第一模型的标识间接指示第一模型的类别。That is, the category of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first model.

第一设备可以根据第一模型的标识确定第一模型的类别。第一模型的标识和第一模型的类别之间存在对应关系。第一模型的类别即为第一模型的标识关联的类别。The first device can determine the category of the first model based on its identifier. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first model and its category. The category of the first model is the category associated with its identifier.

表13示出了模型的标识与模型的类别之间的对应关系的一个示例。Table 13 shows an example of the correspondence between model identifiers and model categories.

表13
Table 13

例如,第一信息包括的模型的ID为模型1。第一设备根据表3所示的对应关系确定模型1关联的模型的类别(即第一模型的类别)为基础通用模型。For example, the ID of the model included in the first information is model 1. The first device determines the category of the model associated with model 1 (i.e., the category of the first model) based on the correspondence shown in Table 3 as the basic general model.

模型的标识和模型的类别之间的对应关系,例如,表13,可以是第一设备自行确定的,也可以是第一设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一模型的提供节点接收的,再如,从第二设备接收的,或者,也可以是预定义的。The correspondence between model identifiers and model categories, for example, Table 13, can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first model, or from the second device, or it can be predefined.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一数据集的标识。Optionally, the first information may include the identifier of the first dataset.

即通过第一数据集的标识间接指示第一模型的类别。That is, the category of the first model is indirectly indicated by the identifier of the first dataset.

第一设备可以根据第一数据集的标识确定由第一数据集训练得到的模型的类别,该类别即可视为第一模型的类别。第一数据集的标识和由第一数据集训练得到的模型的类别之间存在对应关系。由第一数据集训练得到的模型的类别即为第一数据集的标识关联的类别。The first device can determine the category of the model trained on the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset; this category can then be considered the category of the first model. There is a correspondence between the identifier of the first dataset and the category of the model trained on the first dataset. The category of the model trained on the first dataset is the category associated with the identifier of the first dataset.

数据集的标识和模型的类别之间的对应关系可以是第一设备自行确定的,也可以是第一设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一数据集的提供节点接收的。The correspondence between the dataset identifier and the model category can be determined by the first device itself, or it can be received by the first device from other devices, such as from the node that provides the first dataset.

可选地,第一信息可以包括第一模型的类别的标识。即第一信息可以直接指示第一模型的类别。Optionally, the first information may include an identifier of the category of the first model. That is, the first information may directly indicate the category of the first model.

第二设备可以通过多种方式确定第一模型的类别。示例性地,第二设备可以根据模型的标识与模型的类别之间的对应关系,确定第一模型的类别。该对应关系可以是第二设备自行确定的,也可以是第二设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一设备接收的,或者,从第一模型的提供节点接收的。可替换地,第二设备可以从其他设备接收第一模型的类别,例如,从第一模型的提供节点接收第一模型的类别。可替换地,第二设备可以根据第一数据集的标识确定由第一数据集训练得到的模型的类别,该类别即可视为第一模型的类别。数据集的标识和模型的类别之间的对应关系可以是第二设备自行确定的,也可以是第二设备从其他设备接收的,例如,从第一数据集的提供节点接收的。可替换地,第二设备可以从其他设备接收由第一数据集关联的类别。The second device can determine the category of the first model in several ways. For example, the second device can determine the category of the first model based on the correspondence between the model's identifier and the model's category. This correspondence can be determined by the second device itself, or it can be received by the second device from other devices, such as from the first device, or from the node providing the first model. Alternatively, the second device can receive the category of the first model from other devices, such as from the node providing the first model. Alternatively, the second device can determine the category of the model trained on the first dataset based on the identifier of the first dataset; this category can then be considered the category of the first model. The correspondence between the dataset identifier and the model's category can be determined by the second device itself, or it can be received by the second device from other devices, such as from the node providing the first dataset. Alternatively, the second device can receive the categories associated with the first dataset from other devices.

此外,如前所述,第一模型可以部分或全部部署于第二设备中,第一信息也可以来自第二设备以外的第三设备。即在步骤510中,第一设备可以接收来自第三设备的第一信息。第三设备可以为第一模型和/或第一数据集的提供节点。Furthermore, as mentioned above, the first model can be deployed partially or entirely in the second device, and the first information can also come from a third device other than the second device. That is, in step 510, the first device can receive the first information from the third device. The third device can be a node providing the first model and/or the first dataset.

可替换地,第一模型的类别还可以由第一信息以外的其他信息指示。Alternatively, the category of the first model can also be indicated by other information besides the first information.

作为另一种可能的实现方式,步骤510可以包括:第一设备自行确定以下一项或多项:第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息或第一数据集的相关信息。As another possible implementation, step 510 may include: the first device determining one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset.

例如,第一设备可以根据模型的标识和性能信息之间的对应关系确定第一模型的标识对应的性能信息,即第一模型的性能信息。For example, the first device can determine the performance information corresponding to the identifier of the first model, i.e., the performance information of the first model, based on the correspondence between the model's identifier and performance information.

具体的确定方式可以参考前文中上述各项的描述,为避免重复,此处不再赘述。The specific determination method can be found in the descriptions of the above items. To avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.

应理解,第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息或第一数据集的相关信息的获取方式可以是相同的,也可以是不同的。示例性地,上述各项可以均由第一信息指示。可替换地,上述各项中的部分可以由第一信息指示,其余内容可以通过其他方式获取。例如,其余内容可以由其他信息来指示。再如,其他内容可以是第一设备自行确定的。可替换地,上述各项可以均由第一设备自行确定。It should be understood that the methods for obtaining the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, or the relevant information of the first dataset can be the same or different. For example, all of the above can be indicated by the first information. Alternatively, some of the above can be indicated by the first information, while the rest can be obtained through other means. For instance, the rest can be indicated by other information. Furthermore, the other content can be determined by the first device itself. Alternatively, all of the above can be determined by the first device itself.

下面以两种场景(场景#1和场景#2)为例对方法500进行说明。The following uses two scenarios (Scenario #1 and Scenario #2) as examples to illustrate method 500.

场景#1:Scene #1:

在一种可能的场景中,可以通过获取数据集的方式来获取模型。即通过获取数据集来获取能够实现相关功能的模型。获取模型也可以替换为部署模型。In one possible scenario, the model can be obtained by acquiring a dataset. That is, a model capable of performing the relevant functions can be obtained by acquiring a dataset. Acquiring the model can also be replaced by deploying the model.

示例性地,以AI模型为例,可以基于数据集对模型进行训练,以期使得模型实现预期功能或完成功能匹配,训练好的模型可以部署在相应的节点上以实现相应的功能。具体地,设备在获取数据集后,可以基于该数据集完成预期功能的模型训练。For example, taking an AI model as an example, the model can be trained based on a dataset to enable it to achieve the expected function or complete function matching. The trained model can then be deployed on the corresponding nodes to implement the corresponding function. Specifically, after acquiring the dataset, the device can train the model to perform the expected function based on that dataset.

以终端设备侧的模型为例,终端侧设备,例如,终端设备或终端设备的云端服务器等,可以获取数据集,并根据该数据集对模型进行训练,以期使得模型能够实现预期功能。Taking the model on the terminal device side as an example, the terminal device, such as the terminal device or the cloud server of the terminal device, can obtain the dataset and train the model based on the dataset in order to enable the model to achieve the expected function.

在场景#1中,不同的数据集可以用于区分不同的模型。数据集的标识可以起到模型的标识的作用。数据集ID也可以替换为关联ID(associated ID)。In scenario #1, different datasets can be used to distinguish different models. The dataset identifier can serve as a model identifier. The dataset ID can also be replaced with the associated ID.

下面以双边模型(示例#1)和单边模型(示例#2)为例对场景#1下的方法500进行说明。The following uses the two-sided model (Example #1) and the one-sided model (Example #2) as examples to illustrate method 500 in scenario #1.

示例#1:Example #1:

在示例#1中,该双边模型可以包括第一子模型和第二子模型,分别部署于第一设备和第二设备。In Example #1, the bilateral model may include a first sub-model and a second sub-model, deployed on a first device and a second device, respectively.

图7示出了本申请实施例的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图7所示的方法700为方法500的一种具体实现方式,具体描述可以参考方法500,为避免重复,在描述方法700时适当省略部分描述。Figure 7 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application. The method 700 shown in Figure 7 is a specific implementation of method 500. For a detailed description, please refer to method 500. To avoid repetition, some descriptions are omitted when describing method 700.

在方法700中,主要以CSI反馈场景为例进行说明,即第二子模型为用于压缩信道信息的编码器,第一子模型为用于恢复信道信息的解码器。示例性地,第一设备可以为网络设备侧的AI实体,第二设备可以为终端设备侧的AI实体。可替换地,第一设备可以为终端设备侧的AI实体,第二设备可以为网络设备侧的AI实体。在方法700中仅以第一设备为网络设备,第二设备为终端设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。Method 700 is primarily illustrated using a CSI feedback scenario as an example, where the second sub-model is an encoder for compressing channel information, and the first sub-model is a decoder for recovering channel information. Exemplarily, the first device can be an AI entity on the network device side, and the second device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side. Alternatively, the first device can be an AI entity on the terminal device side, and the second device can be an AI entity on the network device side. Method 700 is illustrated using only the example of the first device being a network device and the second device being a terminal device, and does not constitute a limitation on the solutions of this application embodiment.

如图7所示,方法700包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 7, method 700 includes the following steps.

710,终端设备获取第一数据集。710, The terminal device obtains the first dataset.

终端设备可以基于第一数据集训练得到第一编码器,该第一编码器可以视为第一模型。The terminal device can train a first encoder based on the first dataset, and the first encoder can be regarded as the first model.

或者,终端设备可以基于第一数据集训练得到第一编码器和第一解码器,即双边模型的编码器和解码器是共同训练得到的。该第一编码器和第一解码器可以视为第一模型。Alternatively, the terminal device can train a first encoder and a first decoder based on a first dataset, meaning the encoder and decoder of the bilateral model are trained together. This first encoder and first decoder can be considered as the first model.

示例性地,终端设备可以获取多个数据集,并基于该多个数据集分别训练得到多个模型。例如,该多个数据集可以是从网络设备获取的。这样,在网络设备中,可以通过该多个数据集的ID来区分该多个模型。For example, a terminal device can acquire multiple datasets and train multiple models based on each dataset. For instance, these datasets could be acquired from a network device. In this way, the network device can distinguish the multiple models by the IDs of the datasets.

720,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,第一信息指示第一数据集的相关信息。720, The terminal device sends the first information to the network device, the first information indicating the relevant information of the first dataset.

第一编码器的训练数据集为第一数据集。若终端设备要通过第一编码器来执行CSI反馈流程,即压缩信道信息,则可以将第一数据集的相关信息指示给网络设备。The training dataset for the first encoder is the first dataset. If the terminal device needs to perform the CSI feedback process (i.e., compress channel information) through the first encoder, it can instruct the network device on the relevant information of the first dataset.

例如,第一信息可以包括第一数据集的ID。For example, the first piece of information may include the ID of the first dataset.

再如,第一信息可以包括第一数据集对应的性能信息和/或第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。For example, the first information may include performance information corresponding to the first dataset and/or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset.

730,网络设备根据第一数据集的相关信息确定第一监控方式。730. The network device determines the first monitoring method based on the relevant information in the first dataset.

以第一信息包括第一数据集的ID为例,网络设备在接收到第一数据集的ID后,可以根据方式#3确定第一监控方式。例如,网络设备可以根据数据集的ID与监控参数之间的对应关系(如表5或表6)确定第一数据集的ID关联的监控参数。Taking the ID of the first dataset as an example, after receiving the ID of the first dataset, the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #3. For example, the network device can determine the monitoring parameters associated with the ID of the first dataset based on the correspondence between the dataset ID and the monitoring parameters (such as Table 5 or Table 6).

或者,网络设备在接收到第一数据集的ID后,可以根据方式#4和/或方式#5确定第一监控方式。例如,网络设备可以根据数据集的ID与性能信息和/或泛化性信息之间的对应关系(如表12)确定第一数据集的ID关联的性能信息和/或泛化性信息,进而根据性能信息和/或泛化性信息与监控参数之间的对应关系(如表1至表4中的任一项或多项)确定相关的监控参数。Alternatively, after receiving the ID of the first dataset, the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #4 and/or method #5. For example, the network device can determine the performance information and/or generalization information associated with the ID of the first dataset based on the correspondence between the dataset ID and performance information and/or generalization information (as shown in Table 12), and then determine the relevant monitoring parameters based on the correspondence between the performance information and/or generalization information and monitoring parameters (as shown in any one or more of Tables 1 to 4).

以第一信息包括第一数据集对应的性能信息和/或第一数据集对应的泛化性信息为例,网络设备可以根据方式#4和/或方式#5确定第一监控方式。以表2和表4为例,例如,第一信息可以包括性能档位2和泛化性档位2。网络设备根据表2确定性能档位2关联的监控参数的值如下所示:性能阈值为0.7-Δ2,根据表4确定泛化性定位2关联的监控参数的值如下所示:监控频率小于10min,监控持续次数为4,切换阈值为3。第一监控参数可以包括上述参数值中的任一项或多项。Taking the first information including performance information corresponding to the first dataset and/or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset as an example, the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #4 and/or method #5. Taking Tables 2 and 4 as examples, for instance, the first information may include performance level 2 and generalization level 2. The network device determines the following values for the monitoring parameters associated with performance level 2 according to Table 2: the performance threshold is 0.7 - Δ2. According to Table 4, the network device determines the following values for the monitoring parameters associated with generalization level 2: monitoring frequency less than 10 minutes, monitoring duration count of 4, and switching threshold of 3. The first monitoring parameter may include any one or more of the above parameter values.

740,网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,第二信息指示第一监控方式。740. The network device sends a second message to the terminal device, which indicates the first monitoring method.

750,终端设备根据第一监控方式进行模型监控。750, The terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.

终端设备可以根据第一监控方式对第一编码器进行模型监控。The terminal device can perform model monitoring on the first encoder according to the first monitoring method.

例如,第二信息可以指示第一性能阈值和第一监控频率。终端设备可以根据第一监控阈值进行监控。若终端设备侧的第一编码器的性能低于第一性能阈值,可以触发模型切换。终端设备可以按照第一监控频率进行模型监控。For example, the second information could indicate a first performance threshold and a first monitoring frequency. The terminal device can perform monitoring based on the first monitoring threshold. If the performance of the first encoder on the terminal device side is lower than the first performance threshold, a model switch can be triggered. The terminal device can then perform model monitoring at the first monitoring frequency.

或者,终端设备和网络设备可以共同根据第一监控方式对第一编码器和第一解码器进行模型监控。Alternatively, the terminal device and the network device can jointly perform model monitoring on the first encoder and the first decoder according to the first monitoring method.

此外,在步骤720至步骤750中,终端设备也可以替换为网络设备,网络设备也可以替换为终端设备。In addition, in steps 720 to 750, the terminal device can also be replaced by a network device, and the network device can also be replaced by a terminal device.

应理解,以上仅以CSI反馈场景为例进行说明,方法700还可以应用于其他场景下的双边模型的监控。It should be understood that the above is only an example of the CSI feedback scenario. Method 700 can also be applied to the monitoring of bilateral models in other scenarios.

示例#2:Example #2:

在示例#2中,第一模型为单边模型,部署于第一设备。In Example #2, the first model is a one-sided model and is deployed on the first device.

图8示出了本申请实施例的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图8所示的方法800为方法500的一种具体实现方式,具体描述可以参考方法500,为避免重复,在描述方法800时适当省略部分描述。Figure 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application. The method 800 shown in Figure 8 is a specific implementation of method 500. For a detailed description, please refer to method 500. To avoid repetition, some descriptions are omitted when describing method 800.

在方法800中仅以第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。In method 800, only the first device is used as a terminal device and the second device is used as a network device for illustration, and it does not constitute a limitation on the solution of the embodiments of this application.

如图8所示,方法800包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 8, method 800 includes the following steps.

810,终端设备获取第一数据集。810, The terminal device obtains the first dataset.

终端设备可以基于第一数据集训练得到第一模型。The terminal device can train the first model based on the first dataset.

示例性地,第一数据集可以来自网络设备。或者,第一数据集也可以来自其他设备,例如,云端服务器。For example, the first dataset may come from a network device. Alternatively, the first dataset may also come from other devices, such as a cloud server.

820,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,第一信息指示第一数据集的相关信息。820, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, the first information indicating the relevant information of the first dataset.

830,终端设备根据第一数据集的相关信息确定第一监控方式。830, The terminal device determines the first monitoring method based on the relevant information in the first dataset.

840,终端设备根据第一监控方式进行模型监控。840, The terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.

可选地,在步骤840之前,方法800还可以包括步骤850。Optionally, before step 840, method 800 may also include step 850.

850,网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息,第三信息可以用于指示终端设备进行模型监控。850. The network device sends third information to the terminal device, which can be used to instruct the terminal device to perform model monitoring.

在该情况下,终端设备的模型监控操作可以是由网络设备发送的指示信息触发的。In this case, the model monitoring operation of the terminal device can be triggered by the indication information sent by the network device.

方法800也可以不包括步骤850,终端设备在确定第一监控方式后,可以自主展开监控操作,无需网络设备的指示信息来触发。Method 800 may also exclude step 850. After determining the first monitoring method, the terminal device can independently carry out monitoring operations without the need for instruction information from the network device to trigger it.

具体描述可以参考示例#1,此处不再赘述。For a detailed description, please refer to Example #1, which will not be repeated here.

应理解,以上仅以单边模型部署于第一设备为例进行说明。在其他场景中,单边模型也可以部署于第二设备。例如,第一设备可以为网络设备侧的设备,第二设备可以为终端设备侧的设备。再如,第一设备可以为终端设备侧的设备,第二设备可以为网络设备侧的设备。其他可能的实现方式可以参考前文方法500的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the above explanation only uses the example of a one-sided model deployed on the first device. In other scenarios, the one-sided model can also be deployed on the second device. For example, the first device can be a network device, and the second device can be a terminal device. Alternatively, the first device can be a terminal device, and the second device can be a network device. Other possible implementations can be found in the description of method 500 above, and will not be elaborated upon here.

场景#2:Scene #2:

在一种可能的场景中,可以通过接收模型的方式来获取模型。获取模型也可以替换为部署模型。In one possible scenario, the model can be obtained by receiving the model. Obtaining the model can also be replaced by deploying the model.

以终端设备侧的模型为例,终端侧设备,例如,终端设备等,可以接收网络设备或第三方设备发送的模型,比如接收模型的模型参数。Taking the model on the terminal device side as an example, the terminal device, such as the terminal device itself, can receive the model sent by the network device or third-party device, such as receiving the model parameters.

在场景#2中,不同的模型可以通过模型的标识(ID)区分。In scenario #2, different models can be distinguished by their model identifier (ID).

下面以双边模型(示例#3)和单边模型(示例#4)为例对场景#2下的方法500进行说明。The following uses the two-sided model (Example #3) and the one-sided model (Example #4) as examples to illustrate method 500 in scenario #2.

示例#3:Example #3:

在示例#3中,双边模型可以包括第一子模型和第二子模型,分别部署于第一设备和第二设备。In Example #3, the bilateral model may include a first sub-model and a second sub-model, deployed on a first device and a second device, respectively.

图9示出了本申请实施例的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图9所示的方法900为方法500的一种具体实现方式,具体描述可以参考方法500,为避免重复,在描述方法900时适当省略部分描述。Figure 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application. The method 900 shown in Figure 9 is a specific implementation of method 500. For a detailed description, please refer to method 500. To avoid repetition, some descriptions are omitted when describing method 900.

在方法900中,主要以CSI反馈场景为例进行说明,即第二子模型为用于压缩信道信息的编码器,第一子模型为用于恢复信道信息的解码器。方法900和方法700的主要区别在于,终端设备获取第一模型的方式不同,第一信息指示的内容不同,在描述方法900时主要描述区别之处,其他描述可以参考方法700。Method 900 is primarily illustrated using a CSI feedback scenario, where the second sub-model is an encoder for compressing channel information, and the first sub-model is a decoder for recovering channel information. The main difference between Method 900 and Method 700 lies in the method by which the terminal device acquires the first model and the content indicated by the first information. The description of Method 900 focuses on these differences; other details can be found in Method 700.

如图9所示,方法900包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 9, method 900 includes the following steps.

910,终端设备获取第一模型。910, the terminal device obtains the first model.

示例性地,终端设备可以接收来自其他设备的第一模型的模型参数。For example, the terminal device may receive model parameters from a first model from another device.

例如,终端设备可以接收第一编码器的模型参数,该第一编码器可以视为第一模型。For example, the terminal device can receive model parameters from a first encoder, which can be regarded as a first model.

再如,终端设备可以接收第一编码器和第一解码器的模型参数,该第一编码器和第一解码器可以视为第一模型。For example, the terminal device can receive model parameters of the first encoder and the first decoder, which can be regarded as the first model.

示例性地,第一模型可以是从网络设备获取的。在网络设备中,可以通过多个模型的ID来区分该多个模型。For example, the first model can be obtained from a network device. Within the network device, multiple models can be distinguished by their respective IDs.

920,终端设备向网络设备发送第一信息,第一信息指示第一模型的性能信息和/或第一模型的泛化性信息。920, the terminal device sends first information to the network device, the first information indicating the performance information of the first model and/or the generalization information of the first model.

例如,第一信息可以包括第一模型的ID。For example, the first information may include the ID of the first model.

再如,第一信息可以包括第一模型的性能信息和/或第一模型的泛化性信息。For example, the first information may include the performance information of the first model and/or the generalization information of the first model.

930,网络设备根据第一信息确定第一监控方式。930, the network device determines the first monitoring method based on the first information.

以第一信息包括第一模型的ID为例,网络设备在接收到第一模型的ID后,可以根据方式#1和/或方式#2确定第一监控方式。例如,网络设备可以根据模型的ID与性能信息和/或泛化性信息之间的对应关系(如表11)确定第一模型的ID关联的性能信息和/或泛化性信息,进而根据性能信息和/或泛化性信息与监控参数之间的对应关系(如表1至表4中的任一项或多项)确定相关的监控参数。Taking the ID of the first model as an example, after receiving the ID of the first model, the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #1 and/or method #2. For example, the network device can determine the performance information and/or generalization information associated with the ID of the first model according to the correspondence between the model ID and performance information and/or generalization information (as shown in Table 11), and then determine the relevant monitoring parameters according to the correspondence between the performance information and/or generalization information and monitoring parameters (as shown in any one or more of Tables 1 to 4).

以第一信息包括第一模型的性能信息和/或第一模型的泛化性信息为例,网络设备可以根据方式#1和/或方式#2确定第一监控方式。以表2和表4为例,例如,第一信息可以包括性能档位2和泛化性档位2。网络设备根据表2确定性能档位2关联的监控参数的值如下所示:性能阈值为0.7-Δ2,根据表4确定泛化性定位2关联的监控参数的参数值如下所示:监控频率小于10min,监控持续次数为4,切换阈值为3。第一监控参数可以包括上述参数值中的任一项或多项。Taking the first information including the performance information and/or generalization information of the first model as an example, the network device can determine the first monitoring method according to method #1 and/or method #2. Taking Tables 2 and 4 as examples, for instance, the first information may include performance level 2 and generalization level 2. The network device determines the following values for the monitoring parameters associated with performance level 2 according to Table 2: the performance threshold is 0.7 - Δ2 . According to Table 4, the following values are determined for the monitoring parameters associated with generalization level 2: monitoring frequency less than 10 minutes, monitoring duration count 4, and switching threshold 3. The first monitoring parameter may include any one or more of the above parameter values.

进一步地,第一信息还可以指示第一模型的类别。Furthermore, the first information can also indicate the category of the first model.

在该情况下,第一监控方式还与第一模型的类别相关。示例性地,第一设备可以根据第一模型的性能信息、第一模型的泛化性信息和第一模型的类别确定第一监控方式。例如,第一设备可以根据表7至表10确定相关的监控参数。In this case, the first monitoring method is also related to the category of the first model. For example, the first device can determine the first monitoring method based on the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, and the category of the first model. For instance, the first device can determine the relevant monitoring parameters based on Tables 7 to 10.

940,网络设备向终端设备发送第二信息,第二信息指示第一监控方式。940, the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message indicating the first monitoring method.

950,终端设备根据第一监控方式进行模型监控。950, the terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.

示例#4:Example #4:

在示例#4中,第一模型为单边模型,部署于第一设备。In Example #4, the first model is a one-sided model and is deployed on the first device.

图10示出了本申请实施例的一种通信的方法的示意性流程图。图10所示的方法1000为方法500的一种具体实现方式,具体描述可以参考方法500,为避免重复,在描述方法1000时适当省略部分描述。Figure 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of this application. The method 1000 shown in Figure 10 is a specific implementation of method 500. For a detailed description, please refer to method 500. To avoid repetition, some descriptions are omitted when describing method 1000.

在方法1000中仅以第一设备为终端设备,第二设备为网络设备为例进行说明,不对本申请实施例的方案构成限定。方法1000和方法800的主要区别在于,终端设备获取第一模型的方式不同,第一信息指示的内容不同,在描述方法1000时主要描述区别之处,其他描述可以参考方法800。In method 1000, only the first device is described as a terminal device and the second device as a network device, and this does not constitute a limitation on the solution of the embodiments of this application. The main difference between method 1000 and method 800 is that the terminal device obtains the first model in a different way and the content indicated by the first information is different. When describing method 1000, the main focus is on describing the differences, and other descriptions can be found in method 800.

如图10所示,方法1000包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 10, method 1000 includes the following steps.

1010,终端设备获取第一模型。1010, the terminal device obtains the first model.

1020,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,第一信息指示第一模型的性能信息和/或第一模型的泛化性信息。1020, the network device sends first information to the terminal device, the first information indicating the performance information of the first model and/or the generalization information of the first model.

1030,终端设备根据第一信息确定第一监控方式。1030, the terminal device determines the first monitoring method based on the first information.

1040,终端设备根据第一监控方式进行模型监控。1040, The terminal device performs model monitoring according to the first monitoring method.

可选地,在步骤1040之前,方法1000还可以包括步骤1050。Optionally, before step 1040, method 1000 may also include step 1050.

1050,网络设备向终端设备发送第三信息,第三信息可以用于指示终端设备进行模型监控。1050. The network device sends third information to the terminal device, which can be used to instruct the terminal device to perform model monitoring.

可以理解,在上述一些实施例中,涉及到的信息名称,仅是一种示例,不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。It is understood that the information names involved in some of the above embodiments are merely examples and do not limit the scope of protection of the embodiments of this application.

还可以理解,在本申请各个实施例中涉及到的公式仅是示例性说明,其不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。在计算上述各个涉及的参数的过程中,也可以根据上述公式进行计算,或者基于上述公式的变形进行计算,也可以根据其它方式进行计算以满足公式计算的结果。It should also be understood that the formulas involved in the various embodiments of this application are merely illustrative and do not limit the scope of protection of the embodiments of this application. In calculating the parameters involved above, calculations can also be performed based on the above formulas, or on variations of the above formulas, or in other ways to satisfy the results of the formula calculations.

还可以理解,本申请的各实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,也可以在某些场景下,与其他特征进行结合,不作限定。It is also understood that some optional features in the various embodiments of this application may not depend on other features in some scenarios, or may be combined with other features in some scenarios, without limitation.

还可以理解,本申请的各实施例中的方案可以进行合理的组合使用,并且实施例中出现的各个术语的解释或说明可以在各个实施例中互相参考或解释,对此不作限定。It is also understood that the solutions in the various embodiments of this application can be used in reasonable combinations, and the explanations or descriptions of the various terms appearing in the embodiments can be referenced or explained to each other in the various embodiments, without limitation.

还可以理解,在本申请的各实施例中的各种数字序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,仅为描述方便进行的区分,不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the various numerical sequences in the embodiments of this application do not imply the order of execution, but are merely a distinction for the convenience of description, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the embodiments of this application.

还可以理解,上述各个方法实施例中,由设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可由设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)来实现。It can also be understood that the methods and operations implemented by the device in the above-described method embodiments can also be implemented by components of the device (such as chips or circuits).

相应于上述各方法实施例给出的方法,本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置,所述装置包括用于执行上述各个方法实施例相应的模块。该模块可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。可以理解的是,上述各方法实施例所描述的技术特征同样适用于以下装置实施例。Corresponding to the methods described in the above embodiments, this application also provides corresponding apparatuses, which include modules for executing the methods described above. These modules can be software, hardware, or a combination of both. It is understood that the technical features described in the above method embodiments are also applicable to the following apparatus embodiments.

图11是本申请实施例提供的一种通信的装置1900的示意图。该装置1900包括收发单元1910和处理单元1920。收发单元1910可以用于实现相应的通信功能。收发单元1910还可以称为通信接口或通信单元等。处理单元1920可以用于实现相应的处理或控制功能,如配置资源。Figure 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication device 1900 provided in an embodiment of this application. The device 1900 includes a transceiver unit 1910 and a processing unit 1920. The transceiver unit 1910 can be used to implement corresponding communication functions. The transceiver unit 1910 can also be referred to as a communication interface or communication unit, etc. The processing unit 1920 can be used to implement corresponding processing or control functions, such as configuring resources.

可选地,该装置1900还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元1920可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中设备或网元的动作。Optionally, the device 1900 further includes a storage unit that can be used to store instructions and/or data. The processing unit 1920 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit to enable the device to perform the operation of the device or network element in the foregoing method embodiments.

该装置1900可以是第二设备,也可以是应用于第二设备或者和第二设备匹配使用,能够实现第二设备侧执行的通信方法的通信装置;或者,该装置1900可以是第一设备,也可以是应用于第一设备或者和第一设备匹配使用,能够实现第一设备侧执行的通信方法的通信装置。The device 1900 may be a second device, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with a second device to realize a communication method executed on the second device side; or, the device 1900 may be a first device, or a communication device applied to or used in conjunction with a first device to realize a communication method executed on the first device side.

该装置1900应用于第二设备时,装置1900可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的第二设备执行的步骤或者流程。其中,收发单元1910可用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元1920可用于执行上文方法实施例中第二设备的处理相关的操作。When the device 1900 is applied to the second device, the device 1900 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the second device in the above method embodiments. Specifically, the transceiver unit 1910 can be used to perform transceiver-related operations of the second device in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 1920 can be used to perform processing-related operations of the second device in the above method embodiments.

该装置1900应用于第一设备时,装置1900可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的第一设备执行的步骤或者流程,其中,收发单元1910可用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的收发相关的操作,处理单元1920可用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的处理相关的操作。When the device 1900 is applied to the first device, the device 1900 can implement the steps or processes performed by the first device corresponding to those in the above method embodiments. The transceiver unit 1910 can be used to perform transceiver-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments, and the processing unit 1920 can be used to perform processing-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments.

应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above-mentioned method embodiments, and will not be repeated here for the sake of brevity.

还应理解,这里的装置1900以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指ASIC、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置1900可以具体为上述实施例中的第一设备,可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与第一设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤;或者,装置1900可以具体为上述实施例中的第二设备,可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与第二设备对应的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should also be understood that the device 1900 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" here can refer to an ASIC, electronic circuitry, a processor (e.g., a shared processor, a proprietary processor, or a group processor, etc.) and memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuitry, and/or other suitable components supporting the described functions. In an alternative example, those skilled in the art will understand that device 1900 may be specifically a first device in the above embodiments, used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiments; or, device 1900 may be specifically a second device in the above embodiments, used to execute the various processes and/or steps corresponding to the second device in the above method embodiments. To avoid repetition, further details are omitted here.

上述各个方案的装置1900具有实现上述方法中设备(如第一设备,又如第二设备)所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如收发单元可以由收发机替代(例如,收发单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代,收发单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代),其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The apparatus 1900 of each of the above-described schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the device (such as the first device, or the second device) in the above-described methods. The function can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (e.g., the transmitting unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as processing units, can be replaced by processors, respectively executing the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.

此外,上述收发单元1910还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路),处理单元1920可以是处理电路。处理电路可以包括一个或多个处理器,或者,一个或多个处理器中用于处理或控制功能的电路等。Furthermore, the aforementioned transceiver unit 1910 can also be a transceiver circuit (e.g., it may include a receiving circuit and a transmitting circuit), and the processing unit 1920 can be a processing circuit. The processing circuit may include one or more processors, or circuits in one or more processors used for processing or control functions, etc.

需要指出的是,图11中的装置可以是前述实施例中的网元或设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:SoC。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。It should be noted that the device in Figure 11 can be a network element or device as described in the foregoing embodiments, or it can be a chip or chip system, such as a SoC. The transceiver unit can be an input/output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor, microprocessor, or integrated circuit integrated on the chip. No limitations are imposed here.

图12是本申请实施例提供另一种通信的装置2000的示意图。该装置2000包括处理器2010,处理器2010用于执行存储器2020存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器2020存储的数据/信令,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。可选地,处理器2010为一个或多个。Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another communication apparatus 2000 provided in an embodiment of this application. The apparatus 2000 includes a processor 2010, which is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in a memory 2020, or to read data/signaling stored in the memory 2020, to perform the methods in the above-described method embodiments. Optionally, there may be one or more processors 2010.

可选地,如图12所示,该装置2000还包括存储器2020,存储器2020用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据。该存储器2020可以与处理器2010集成在一起,或者也可以分离设置。可选地,存储器2020为一个或多个。Optionally, as shown in FIG12, the device 2000 further includes a memory 2020 for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data. The memory 2020 may be integrated with the processor 2010 or may be disposed separately. Optionally, there may be one or more memories 2020.

可选地,如图12所示,该装置2000还包括收发电路2030,收发电路2030用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器2010用于控制收发电路2030进行信号的接收和/或发送。处理器2010也可以替换为处理电路。Optionally, as shown in FIG12, the device 2000 further includes a transceiver circuit 2030 for receiving and/or transmitting signals. For example, a processor 2010 is used to control the transceiver circuit 2030 to receive and/or transmit signals. The processor 2010 may also be replaced by a processing circuit.

装置2000可以为前述实施例中的网元或设备,也可以是芯片或芯片系统。当装置2000为前述实施例中的网元或设备时,收发电路2030可以为收发器。当装置2000为芯片或芯片系统时,收发电路2030可以为接口电路或输入输出接口。The device 2000 can be a network element or device as described in the foregoing embodiments, or it can be a chip or chip system. When the device 2000 is a network element or device as described in the foregoing embodiments, the transceiver circuit 2030 can be a transceiver. When the device 2000 is a chip or chip system, the transceiver circuit 2030 can be an interface circuit or an input/output interface.

作为一种方案,该装置2000可以应用于第二设备,具体装置2000可以是第二设备,也可以是能够支持第二设备,实现上述涉及的任一示例中第二设备的功能的装置。该装置2000用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由第二设备执行的操作。As one approach, the device 2000 can be applied to a second device. Specifically, the device 2000 can be the second device itself, or it can be any device capable of supporting the second device and implementing the functions of the second device in any of the examples described above. The device 2000 is used to implement the operations performed by the second device in the various method embodiments described above.

例如,处理器2010用于执行存储器2020存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中第二设备的相关操作。For example, processor 2010 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in memory 2020 to implement the relevant operations of the second device in the various method embodiments described above.

作为另一种方案,该装置2000可以应用于第一设备,具体装置2000可以是第一设备,也可以是能够支持第一设备,实现上述涉及的任一示例中第一设备的功能的装置。该装置2000用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作。Alternatively, the device 2000 can be applied to the first device. Specifically, the device 2000 can be the first device itself, or it can be any device capable of supporting the first device and implementing the functions of the first device in any of the examples mentioned above. The device 2000 is used to implement the operations performed by the first device in the various method embodiments described above.

例如,处理器2010用于执行存储器2020存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中第一设备的相关操作。For example, processor 2010 is used to execute computer programs or instructions stored in memory 2020 to implement the relevant operations of the first device in the various method embodiments described above.

应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、ASIC、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), ASICs, field-programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.

还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。例如,RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定,RAM包括如下多种形式:静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be volatile memory and/or non-volatile memory. Non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, RAM includes the following forms: static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous linked dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM), and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM).

需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA, or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) can be integrated into the processor.

还需要说明的是,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由通信设备执行的方法的计算机指令。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium storing computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by the communication device in the above-described method embodiments.

例如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以实现上述方法各实施例中由第一设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by the computer, it enables the computer to implement the methods executed by the first device in the various embodiments of the above methods.

又如,该计算机程序被计算机执行时,使得该计算机可以实现上述方法各实施例中由第二设备执行的方法。For example, when the computer program is executed by the computer, it enables the computer to implement the methods executed by the second device in the various embodiments of the above methods.

本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,包含指令,该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由设备(如第一设备,又如第二设备)执行的方法。This application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a device (such as a first device or a second device) in the above-described method embodiments.

本申请实施例还提供一种通信的系统,包括前述的第一设备和第二设备。第一设备和第二设备可以实现前述任一示例中所示的通信的方法。This application also provides a communication system, including the aforementioned first device and second device. The first device and second device can implement the communication method shown in any of the foregoing examples.

可选地,该系统中还包括与上述第一设备和/或第二设备通信的设备。Optionally, the system may also include a device that communicates with the first device and/or the second device described above.

上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The explanations and beneficial effects of the relevant contents in any of the devices provided above can be found in the corresponding method embodiments provided above, and will not be repeated here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。此外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed apparatus and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are merely illustrative; for instance, the division of units is only a logical functional division, and in actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored or not executed. Furthermore, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of apparatus or units may be electrical, mechanical, or other forms.

在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如,所述计算机可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD)等。例如,前述的可用介质包括但不限于:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In the above embodiments, implementation can be achieved entirely or partially through software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented entirely or partially in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of this application are generated. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. For example, the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server, or data center to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (e.g., coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that a computer can access or a data storage device such as a server or data center that integrates one or more available media. The available media can be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (e.g., DVDs), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid-state drives (SSDs)). For example, the aforementioned available media include, but are not limited to, various media capable of storing program code, such as USB flash drives, portable hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks, or optical disks.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above description is merely a specific embodiment of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited thereto. Any variations or substitutions that can be easily conceived by those skilled in the art within the scope of the technology disclosed in this application should be included within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of this application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (29)

一种通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it includes: 接收第一信息,所述第一信息指示以下一项或多项:Receive first information, the first information indicating one or more of the following: 第一模型的性能信息,Performance information of the first model, 第一模型的泛化性信息,或The generalization information of the first model, or 第一数据集的相关信息,所述第一数据集用于第一模型的训练;Information related to the first dataset, which is used for training the first model; 根据所述第一信息确定所述第一模型的监控方式。The monitoring method for the first model is determined based on the first information. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一模型的监控方式。Send a second message, which indicates the monitoring method for the first model. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息通过指示所述第一模型的标识指示所述第一模型的性能信息,所述第一模型的泛化性信息,或,所述第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。The method according to claim 1 or 2 is characterized in that the first information indicates one or more of the following: the performance information of the first model, the generalization information of the first model, or the relevant information of the first dataset, by indicating the identifier of the first model. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一模型的性能信息包括所述第一模型的性能档位,所述第一模型的性能档位与所述第一模型的预期性能相关,和/或The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that the performance information of the first model includes the performance level of the first model, the performance level of the first model is related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or 所述第一模型的泛化性信息包括所述第一模型的泛化性档位,所述第一模型的泛化性档位与所述第一模型的预期泛化能力相关。The generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还指示所述第一模型的模型类别。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4 is characterized in that the first information further indicates the model category of the first model. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一模型的模型类别包括基础通用模型或小区专用模型。According to the method described in claim 5, the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据集的相关信息包括所述第一数据集的标识。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 is characterized in that the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据集的相关信息包括以下一项或多项:所述第一数据集对应的性能信息或所述第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7 is characterized in that the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据集对应的性能信息包括由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位,所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位与所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能相关,和/或,According to the method of claim 8, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, wherein the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, 所述第一数据集对应的泛化性信息包括由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位,所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位与所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力相关。The generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, and the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一模型的监控方式采用的监控参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一模型的性能阈值、所述第一模型的监控频率、所述第一模型的监控持续时长、所述第一模型的监控持续次数、所述第一模型的监控误差容忍度或者所述第一模型的切换阈值。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 is characterized in that the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model. 一种通信的方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it includes: 发送第一信息,所述第一信息指示以下一项或多项:Send a first message, which indicates one or more of the following: 第一模型的性能信息,Performance information of the first model, 第一模型的泛化性信息,或,The generalization information of the first model, or, 第一数据集的相关信息,所述第一数据集用于第一模型的训练,Information related to the first dataset, which is used for training the first model. 所述第一信息用于所述第一模型的监控方式的确定。The first information is used to determine the monitoring method of the first model. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收第二信息,所述第二信息指示所述第一模型的监控方式。Receive second information, which indicates the monitoring method of the first model. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送第三信息,所述第三信息指示对所述第一模型进行模型监控。Send a third message, which instructs the first model to be monitored. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息通过指示所述第一模型的标识指示所述第一模型的性能信息,所述第一模型的泛化性信息,或,所述第一数据集的相关信息中的一项或多项。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13 is characterized in that the first information indicates one or more of the following: performance information of the first model, generalization information of the first model, or relevant information of the first dataset, by indicating the identifier of the first model. 根据权利要求11至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一模型的性能信息包括所述第一模型的性能档位,所述第一模型的性能档位与所述第一模型的预期性能相关,和/或The method according to any one of claims 11 to 14, characterized in that the performance information of the first model includes the performance level of the first model, the performance level of the first model being related to the expected performance of the first model, and/or 所述第一模型的泛化性信息包括所述第一模型的泛化性档位,所述第一模型的泛化性档位与所述第一模型的预期泛化能力相关。The generalization information of the first model includes the generalization level of the first model, which is related to the expected generalization ability of the first model. 根据权利要求11至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还指示所述第一模型的模型类别。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 15 is characterized in that the first information further indicates the model category of the first model. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一模型的模型类别包括基础通用模型或小区专用模型。According to the method of claim 16, the model category of the first model includes a basic general model or a cell-specific model. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据集的相关信息包括所述第一数据集的标识。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17 is characterized in that the relevant information of the first dataset includes the identifier of the first dataset. 根据权利要求11至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据集的相关信息包括以下一项或多项:所述第一数据集对应的性能信息或所述第一数据集对应的泛化性信息。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 18 is characterized in that the relevant information of the first dataset includes one or more of the following: performance information corresponding to the first dataset or generalization information corresponding to the first dataset. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一数据集对应的性能信息包括由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位,所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的性能档位与所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期性能相关,和/或,According to the method of claim 19, the performance information corresponding to the first dataset includes the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset, wherein the performance level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected performance of the model trained on the first dataset, and/or, 所述第一数据集对应的泛化性信息包括由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位,所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的泛化性档位与所述由所述第一数据集训练得到的模型的预期泛化能力相关。The generalization information corresponding to the first dataset includes the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset, and the generalization level of the model trained on the first dataset is related to the expected generalization ability of the model trained on the first dataset. 根据权利要求11至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,第一模型的监控方式采用的监控参数包括以下至少一项:所述第一模型的性能阈值、所述第一模型的监控频率、所述第一模型的监控持续时长、所述第一模型的监控持续次数、所述第一模型的监控误差容忍度或者所述第一模型的切换阈值。The method according to any one of claims 11 to 20 is characterized in that the monitoring parameters used in the monitoring method of the first model include at least one of the following: the performance threshold of the first model, the monitoring frequency of the first model, the monitoring duration of the first model, the number of monitoring sessions of the first model, the monitoring error tolerance of the first model, or the switching threshold of the first model. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质包括指令,当所述指令被处理器运行时,使得如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者,使得如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause the method of any one of claims 1 to 10 to be implemented, or cause the method of any one of claims 11 to 21 to be implemented. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置包括与存储介质耦合的处理器,所述存储介质存储有指令,所述指令被所述处理器运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,或者,执行如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes a processor coupled to a storage medium, the storage medium storing instructions, which, when executed by the processor, cause the communication device to perform the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 10, or to perform the method as described in any one of claims 11 to 21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a module that performs the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 10. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括执行如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a module that performs the method as described in any one of claims 11 to 21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括一个或多个处理器,所述一个或多个处理器用于处理数据和/或信息,以使得如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者,使得如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法被实现。A communication device, characterized in that it includes one or more processors, said one or more processors being configured to process data and/or information such that the method of any one of claims 1 to 10 is implemented, or that the method of any one of claims 11 to 21 is implemented. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,以使得如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者,使得如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法被实现。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor for running a program or instructions to cause the method of any one of claims 1 to 10 to be implemented, or to cause the method of any one of claims 11 to 21 to be implemented. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,包括计算机程序代码或指令,当所述计算机程序代码或指令被运行时,使得如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法被实现,或者,使得如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法被实现。A computer program product, characterized in that it includes computer program code or instructions, which, when the computer program code or instructions are executed, cause the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 10 to be implemented, or cause the method as described in any one of claims 11 to 21 to be implemented. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求24所述的通信装置,和/或,如权利要求25所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized in that it includes the communication device as described in claim 24, and/or the communication device as described in claim 25.
PCT/CN2025/095417 2024-05-20 2025-05-16 Communication method and communication apparatus Pending WO2025241999A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202410627977.X 2024-05-20
CN202410627977.XA CN121000325A (en) 2024-05-20 2024-05-20 Communication methods and communication devices

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025241999A1 true WO2025241999A1 (en) 2025-11-27

Family

ID=97691983

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2025/095417 Pending WO2025241999A1 (en) 2024-05-20 2025-05-16 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN121000325A (en)
WO (1) WO2025241999A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113568820A (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-10-29 北京淇瑀信息科技有限公司 Method, apparatus, electronic device and medium for monitoring model
CN116304682A (en) * 2023-01-30 2023-06-23 南方科技大学 Model performance determining method, device and terminal based on accuracy and generalization
CN116709385A (en) * 2023-07-07 2023-09-05 北京佰才邦技术股份有限公司 Method for monitoring a positioning model, communication device, readable storage medium and chip
CN116846763A (en) * 2023-07-07 2023-10-03 北京佰才邦技术股份有限公司 Interaction method and system for model monitoring and communication device
CN117909739A (en) * 2024-01-15 2024-04-19 网络通信与安全紫金山实验室 Model monitoring method, device, computer equipment and storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113568820A (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-10-29 北京淇瑀信息科技有限公司 Method, apparatus, electronic device and medium for monitoring model
CN116304682A (en) * 2023-01-30 2023-06-23 南方科技大学 Model performance determining method, device and terminal based on accuracy and generalization
CN116709385A (en) * 2023-07-07 2023-09-05 北京佰才邦技术股份有限公司 Method for monitoring a positioning model, communication device, readable storage medium and chip
CN116846763A (en) * 2023-07-07 2023-10-03 北京佰才邦技术股份有限公司 Interaction method and system for model monitoring and communication device
CN117909739A (en) * 2024-01-15 2024-04-19 网络通信与安全紫金山实验室 Model monitoring method, device, computer equipment and storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN121000325A (en) 2025-11-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240211770A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021217519A1 (en) Method and apparatus for adjusting neural network
US20250141525A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024046419A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN114492784A (en) Neural network testing method and device
WO2025241999A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024251184A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP4585003A1 (en) Machine learning assisted pdcch resource allocation
WO2025251996A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
EP4661464A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250202560A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025218595A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250047331A1 (en) Method and apparatus for csi prediction at the user terminal and performance monitoring at the network in wireless communication system
WO2025209305A9 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus and system
WO2025232639A1 (en) Artificial intelligence model monitoring method and communication device
WO2025232813A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025092630A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025167989A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025242033A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2025218654A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025209433A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025209331A1 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2025167701A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025140003A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2025147958A1 (en) Csi feedback methods, terminal devices and network devices